FileMaker Pro 13 ® Help
© 2007–2013 FileMaker, Inc. All Rights Reserved. FileMaker, Inc. 5201 Patrick Henry Drive Santa Clara, California 95054 FileMaker and Bento are trademarks of FileMaker, Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries. The file folder logo, FileMaker WebDirect, and the Bento logo are trademarks of FileMaker, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. FileMaker documentation is copyrighted.
Contents Using FileMaker Pro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 FileMaker Pro basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 New features in FileMaker Pro 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Using Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting a field in Browse mode or Find mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Entering and changing data in fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Moving text and data with drag and drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Exporting the contents of a field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Working with data in date fields . . . . .
Finding empty or non-empty fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Finding duplicate values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Finding duplicate values using a self-join relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Finding records that match multiple criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
About timestamp fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 About container fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Defining calculation fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Defining summary fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the theme of a layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Changing the width of a layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Working with layout parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 About layout part types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting layouts designed for both Windows and OS X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Troubleshooting layouts with web viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Selecting and working with objects on a layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Selecting objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adding tooltips on layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Identifying badges on layout objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Making layout objects accessible to screen readers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Controlling data input behavior of fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating and editing charts in Layout mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Column, bar, line, and area charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Pie charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Scatter and bubble charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Editing existing accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Duplicating and deleting accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 Creating accounts that authenticate via an external server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Importing XML data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 Setting the import action and mapping fields during import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Converting a data file to a new FileMaker Pro file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526 Exporting data from FileMaker Pro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527 Exporting repeating field data . . .
Creating and editing custom menu sets (FileMaker Pro Advanced) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580 Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 Debugging scripts (FileMaker Pro Advanced) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583 Disabling script steps (FileMaker Pro Advanced) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586 Using the Data Viewer (FileMaker Pro Advanced) . . . . . .
Average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721 Financial functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Get(LastODBCError) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 Get(LayoutAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777 Get(LayoutCount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 Get(LayoutName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Get(WindowDesktopWidth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827 Get(WindowHeight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828 Get(WindowLeft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828 Get(WindowMode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GetRepetition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 Last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881 Summary functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882 GetSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TextFont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931 TextFontRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932 TextFormatRemove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934 TextSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Close Popover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996 Enter Browse Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Enter Find Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998 Enter Preview Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constrain Found Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067 Extend Found Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068 Modify Last Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069 Show All Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128 Open File Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129 Open Manage Containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1130 Open Manage Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnLastWindowClose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1186 OnWindowOpen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 OnWindowClose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187 FileMaker Pro features by version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using FileMaker Pro Using FileMaker Pro FILEMAKER PRO HELP 24
FileMaker Pro basics FileMaker Pro basics This section contains: • a description of the new features of FileMaker Pro 13 and FileMaker Pro 13 Advanced • an introduction to FileMaker Pro databases and modes • information on the basics of working with FileMaker Pro commands and files New features in FileMaker Pro 13 FileMaker Pro 13 includes the following new features and improvements.
FileMaker Pro basics • Show or hide page breaks in Layout mode by choosing View menu > Page Breaks. See Defining page breaks and numbering. • Enhanced effects for layout objects: • Shadows and padding – Apply shadows and padding to objects in the new Advanced Graphic area of the Inspector. See Adding shadows and padding to layout objects. • New object display states – The fill for the current record in List View or an active portal row is specified by the Active display state.
FileMaker Pro basics between files. You'll also get to know the rich features FileMaker Pro provides for creating your own custom solutions. See Using FileMaker Quick Start to learn more about FileMaker Pro. • Improved iOS device usability – Swipe with two fingers to move to the next or previous record in FileMaker Go. Define text, number, date, time, and timestamp fields to use a specific type of keyboard to let you quickly enter values. See Setting up a field to display a keyboard.
FileMaker Pro basics • Improvement to Show Custom Dialog script step – You can create a button label based on a calculation. See Show Custom Dialog script step. • Execute SQL script step compatibility – The Execute SQL script step is compatible with FileMaker Server, FileMaker WebDirect, and Custom Web Publishing when performed without a dialog box. See Execute SQL script step.
FileMaker Pro basics • GetContainerAttribute – Returns the file metadata of the specified container field. See GetContainerAttribute function. • Get(CurrentTimeUTCMilliseconds) – Returns the current time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) to the nearest millisecond. See Get(CurrentTimeUTCMilliseconds) function. • Get(Device) – Returns a number indicating the type of computer that is currently running FileMaker Pro or FileMaker WebDirect, or the type of iOS device that is currently running FileMaker Go.
FileMaker Pro basics Related topics FileMaker Pro features by version Using Help FileMaker Pro Help provides comprehensive step-by-step instructions on FileMaker Pro features. You can open Help from the Help menu in FileMaker Pro. There are three ways to access Help: • Browse the Help table of contents to locate topics by subject. • Search for particular topics by entering keywords. • You can get information about the currently displayed dialog box by pressing F1 (Windows) or Command-? (OS X).
FileMaker Pro basics You can also use the steps below to upgrade your retail copy of FileMaker Pro version 9, 10, 11, or 12 to the full version of FileMaker Pro 13. During the installation process, you’ll be asked to provide the license key for your current product. Notes • You must have an internet connection to install FileMaker Pro 13 as described below.
FileMaker Pro basics • Choose Help menu > Product Documentation > Getting Started Tour • Choose Help menu > Quick Start Screen, and under Getting Started Tour, click Start now. What are tables? Tables contain all the records, fields, and data in a file, for example a Contacts file, which holds information pertaining to your friends or customers. A file can also contain multiple tables that, together, contain all the information about a particular topic, or related topics (a relational database).
FileMaker Pro basics About FileMaker Pro modes You work with data in FileMaker Pro in Browse, Find, Layout, or Preview mode. You can choose a mode from the View menu or from the Mode pop-up menu at the bottom of the document window. Mode pop-up menu Each mode provides different menu and toolbar options, so choose a mode after deciding what work you need to do. If you’re working with a database and you can’t find the command you need, you may be using the wrong mode.
FileMaker Pro basics Notes • Edit Layout is not available in Table View. If you are in Table View, you must switch to Form View or List View to access the Edit Layout button. • To switch from Layout mode to another mode, click Exit Layout. Exit Layout returns you to the mode in which you were previously working. For example, if you were working in Browse mode and you switched to Layout mode, clicking Exit Layout would return you to Browse mode. To switch to another mode, see the table above.
FileMaker Pro basics To Add a button Do this • Windows: In the Commands tab, select Customizable or Standard from the Categories list, then drag the desired button from the Commands list to the status toolbar. • OS X: Drag it from the dialog box to the status toolbar. Remove a button Drag it from the status toolbar to the dialog box. Rearrange buttons Drag them to the desired locations in the status toolbar.
FileMaker Pro basics Notes • Shortcut menu commands vary based on what mode you’re in, the item the cursor is over, and whether an item is selected. For example, when a field is selected in Layout mode, you have access to commands that pertain to Layout mode. • You can use the Control Panel (Windows) or System Preferences (OS X) to configure your mouse, trackpad, or input device. For example, you can set up a secondary button on a mouse.
FileMaker Pro basics Note Snapshot links cannot be converted. You must convert the database from which the records were found and then re-create the snapshot link. Conversion overview Before you convert any FileMaker Pro database, you should plan the conversion carefully. The general steps for file conversion are: 1. Convert the database file. 2. Review the Conversion.log file. 3. Test your converted database. 4. Use the converted file. FileMaker Pro 13 can only convert files created with versions 7.x, 8.
FileMaker Pro basics • To skip renaming the old file, make sure the Rename old file checkbox is cleared, then click OK. It’s not necessary to rename the old file if it includes the .fp7 filename extension, because your converted file will have the .fmp12 extension. • To rename the old file, select Rename old file. Either accept the default name (which is the original filename appended with “Old”), or enter a new name. Then click OK. Note If a filename includes a period (.
FileMaker Pro basics 1. If the files you want to convert are currently open in the previous version of FileMaker Pro, close the files. If you attempt to convert files that are currently open, an alert message will appear indicating that the files are already in use, and they won’t convert. 2. In Windows Explorer or in a Finder window (OS X) create a new, empty folder for the converted files. 3.
FileMaker Pro basics Related topics Troubleshooting conversion problems Reading the Conversion.log file Reading the Conversion.log file You should open and read the Conversion.log file after converting one or multiple files. It lists the conversion status and possible problems found during conversion, such as fields with invalid names. The log file is created in the same folder as your converted files. If you used the multi-file conversion method to convert more than one file at a time, the Conversion.
FileMaker Pro basics I received a consistency check or auto-repair message when I opened my original file with that version of FileMaker Pro Try recovering the original file using your version of FileMaker Pro. Then open the recovered file with that same version, close the file, and then try converting it with FileMaker Pro 13. The converted file won’t accept my password Passwords are case-sensitive in FileMaker Pro.
FileMaker Pro basics How layouts are converted When you open a file converted to the FileMaker Pro 12 format, the Classic theme is applied to the layout. The file will look as it did in the previous version. Any new layouts you create or new objects you add to the file will have the attributes of the Classic theme. You can choose a different theme for each layout. If you want to change the appearance of a layout, you can change themes or use Layout tools and features to modify the converted layout.
FileMaker Pro basics By default, layout objects can be moved in 1 point increments. You can use the Inspector to place objects at intermediate values for precise sizing and placement of printed output. • You can specify the width of a layout. • When working in Layout mode, you can click an object’s border or anywhere inside the object to select it. • Objects may be positioned anywhere on a layout, even outside the layout’s visible boundary when viewed in Browse mode. See Changing the width of a layout.
FileMaker Pro basics Previous versions FileMaker Pro 12 Field border effects Removed In files created in earlier versions of FileMaker Pro, field border effects will appear in converted files. Obsolete effect styles display in the Line dropdown menu, but you can’t apply them to new fields. However, you can copy and paste fields with effects to display effects on new fields.
FileMaker Pro basics To open FileMaker Pro files using FileMaker Quick Start: 1. Do one of the following: • Start FileMaker Pro. • If FileMaker Pro is running or if you start FileMaker Pro and you don’t see the FileMaker Quick Start Screen, choose Help menu > Quick Start Screen. 2. Do one of the following: To Do this Display a list of FileMaker Pro files that you have recently opened Click Recent Files in the box at the center of the Quick Start Screen.
FileMaker Pro basics Working with favorite files and hosts You can add a FileMaker Pro file located on your computer or on a remote computer to your list of favorites in the File menu and in the Quick Start Screen. You can also add a remote host to the list of favorites. To add the current file to your list of favorites, choose File menu > Open Favorite > Add Current File to Favorites. To manage favorite files and hosts: 1. Choose File menu > Open Favorite > Manage Favorites.
FileMaker Pro basics Related topics Using FileMaker Quick Start to open files Opening files You can open FileMaker Pro files located on your computer. You can open single files or multiple files at the same time. There are other methods of opening files and other types of files that you can open. You can: • Use the FileMaker Quick Start Screen to open files. For more information, see Using FileMaker Quick Start to open files.
FileMaker Pro basics To open multiple files Do this From within FileMaker Pro Choose File menu > Open, and select all the files that you want to open in the Open File dialog box: • To select multiple files, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Commandclick (OS X) each file. • To select a range of adjacent files, click the first file, then Shift-click the last file in the range. Then click Open. In a Windows Explorer window or Select the files you want to open, then drag them onto the FileMaker Pro application icon.
FileMaker Pro basics • add the .fmp12 filename extension to a set of files. See Adding filename extensions to files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Related topics Opening shared files as a client Opening files troubleshooting Closing windows and files Closing files troubleshooting Opening files with different system formats When you create database files, FileMaker Pro uses your computer’s system formats to determine how dates, times, and numbers display and sort.
FileMaker Pro basics • Contact the host of the shared file and have the host open the file and make sure it is being shared properly. For more information, see Sharing databases on a network. • Make sure you are using an account with privileges to see the file on the network. I forgot my account name or password. FileMaker Customer Support cannot retrieve lost or forgotten account names and passwords. If the file is shared, contact the owner of the file, who may be able to provide the information.
FileMaker Pro basics Opening multiple windows per file You can open more than one window per file. This allows you to view the same layout in separate windows, or to simultaneously view different layouts in the same file. You can perform sort operations and find operations independently in the different windows. To open an additional window: Choose Window menu > New Window. The window displays the same layout, sort order, and found set as the previously active window.
FileMaker Pro basics Action Behavior when there are multiple windows open Switching modes You can display the same layout in different modes in different windows. For example, if one window is in Browse mode, another window can be in Layout mode. Switching between Form View, List View, and Table View When multiple windows are displaying the same layout, only the window in which you switch views changes.
FileMaker Pro basics Note If a window’s ability to resize is restricted by a script, the window can’t be arranged using commands in the Window menu. Closing windows and files You can close FileMaker Pro windows and files as you would in most Windows and OS X applications. FileMaker Pro saves changes as you work and whenever you close a file. For information on how to quit FileMaker Pro, see Quitting FileMaker Pro.
FileMaker Pro basics Saving and copying files By default, FileMaker Pro automatically saves changes to your data as you work, so there is no Save command. You can, however: • save a copy of your file as a backup • save a clone of your file with no data Some actions do not cause a file to be saved. For details, see “What FileMaker Pro doesn’t save,” below. To make a copy or clone of your database file: 1. Choose File menu > Save a Copy As. 2. Navigate to where you want to save the copy on your disk. 3.
FileMaker Pro basics • Performing find operations such as Find, Show All Records, Omit Record, or modifying a find request • Changing the position and size of windows or opening a new window • Showing or hiding the status toolbar • Changing ruler display settings • Changing the unit of measure For example, if you open a file, sort records, and then close the file, FileMaker Pro does not save the sort order.
FileMaker Pro basics details.) If you turn off your computer improperly (such as by unplugging it) while FileMaker Pro is running and a file is open, you may damage the file.
Adding and viewing data Adding and viewing data There are many ways to view and work with data in a FileMaker Pro database. You can: • view records in a database • add, duplicate, and delete records • add and edit data in fields • work with text in fields • check the spelling of your data • work with multimedia files in fields Working with records in Browse mode After you create a database file and define tables and fields, you can start entering data. Each set of fields is called a record.
Adding and viewing data To view records Individually In a list Do this in Browse mode, Find mode, or Preview mode Click Form View Click List View in the layout bar. . In a spreadsheetClick Table View . like table Each row displays a record, and each column displays a field. Notes • Some views may not be available for each layout. If you have layout design privileges, you can select the views that are available.
Adding and viewing data To select a record in Table View: • In Table View, the margin to the left of the current record is highlighted. To select another record and make it the current record, click that record or use controls in the status toolbar (see Moving through records). To select a related record in a portal: • Select the portal row (click inside the row but outside any fields in the row).
Adding and viewing data Scroll wheel support You can use a pointing device (mouse) equipped with a scroll wheel with FileMaker Pro to browse through records, scroll up and down, and scroll in a field or portal formatted with a vertical scroll bar. In Windows, you can also change the magnification of the image on your screen (zoom in or out). To use the scroll wheel To move through records in Browse mode Do this • Windows: Make sure no fields or objects are selected, then rotate the scroll wheel.
Adding and viewing data • For more information about using the scroll wheel, refer to Windows Help and Support and the documentation that came with your pointing device. Related topics Viewing records as a form, list, or table Finding records Sorting records Navigating in web viewers Web viewers are similar to web browsers, except that they display web pages directly within FileMaker Pro. The unique feature of web viewers is that they can display web content that is related to the current record.
Adding and viewing data Working with fields While viewing data in Table View in Browse mode, you can create, modify, or delete fields. Note You must log in using the Full Access privilege set to modify fields in Table View. To Do this Create a field For the first field, click Create Field in the column heading for the first column of the table. To create additional fields, click + in the column heading. A new column is added on the right in the table.
Adding and viewing data To Do this Display more fields or hide fields • Click Modify in the layout bar and use the options in the Modify Table View dialog box. See Displaying and hiding fields in Table View. • Or, right-click a column heading, then choose Field > Hide Field to hide the selected field. To display a hidden field in Table View, right-click the + column heading, then choose a field from the list of existing fields.
Adding and viewing data Setting display options for Table View While viewing data in Table View in Browse mode, you can resize or reorder the columns, change the background or alternate color, or restore the default display settings. To Do this Reorder columns Drag a column heading to a new location. Resize a column Move the pointer to the edge of the column heading. When the pointer changes to a double arrow, drag it to the desired size.
Adding and viewing data Displaying and hiding fields in Table View After you define a field, you can use Layout mode to place the field on any layout (assuming you have access privileges to do so). See Placing and removing fields on a layout. When you are working in Table View, you can display additional fields that are not on the current layout and hide fields that show in Table View.
Adding and viewing data To group data by a field: 1. In Browse mode, right-click the column heading for the field that you want to use for grouping the data, then choose Add Leading Group by or Add Trailing Group by . For example, if you want to display the sales data by City and add a summary row at the end of the records for each city, choose Add Trailing Group by City. If you want to add the summary row before the records for each city, choose Add Leading Group by City.
Adding and viewing data A new row in the beginning of the table (for leading) or at the end of the table (for trailing) displays the subtotal for the field. If you have also added leading or trailing groups to the table, the group summary rows also display the subtotal for each group for the specified field. You have to choose a leading subtotal to display subtotals for leading groups and a trailing subtotal to display subtotals for trailing groups. 3.
Adding and viewing data To add a new record: • In Browse mode, click New Record in the status toolbar. To quickly add a record with the same or similar data as an existing record: 1. Select the record you want to duplicate. Use Find mode to locate the record, if necessary. 2. Choose Records menu > Duplicate Record. Notes • If the file is locked or write-protected, or you don't have access privileges to create records, FileMaker Pro doesn't add new records. For more information, see Protecting databases.
Adding and viewing data Deleting records You can delete single records, a group of records, all the records in a table, or all the records in a database. When you delete a record, you permanently discard the data you entered in all the fields in that record. Important You can't undo the action of deleting records. Before you delete anything, consider making a backup copy of your database.
Adding and viewing data • copy and paste images, QuickTime movies, and insert files (such as word processing files or PDF files) into container fields. • use drag and drop to move data between fields, from one file to another, or from another application. See Moving text and data with drag and drop. • import data. See Saving and sending records in other formats. • use lookups or relationships to copy or display data from other database files.
Adding and viewing data Entering and changing data in fields You can enter data into text, number, date, time, timestamp, and container fields. You can also change or delete data in fields. If a field contains a valid URL, you can open it in another application that you specify. See Using URLs in a field. You can enter data in a field up to the character limit for the field type. To enter data into a Click in the field in Browse mode, then Text field Type the text.
Adding and viewing data • If you use the drop-down calendar to enter a date into an empty timestamp field, FileMaker Pro enters the date you select and inserts midnight as the time portion. If you use the drop-down calendar to change an existing timestamp, FileMaker Pro changes the date portion only, preserving the existing time portion.
Adding and viewing data To Do this Copy text from one field to another field Select the text, drag it, then drop it into the new location. Copy data from one container field or layout to another container field or layout Select the contents of the container field or the layout object, drag it, then drop it into the new location. Move text to another location in the same field (in Browse mode or Find mode) Select the text, drag it, then drop it into the new location.
Adding and viewing data To export the contents of a field: 1. Click the field. 2. Choose Edit menu > Export Field Contents. Tip You can also right-click the field and choose Export Field Contents from the shortcut menu. 3. In the Export Field to File dialog box, choose a location and type a filename. FileMaker Pro saves the field’s content to a new file in the specified location. 4.
Adding and viewing data Entering Japanese Emperor Year dates You can enter Japanese Emperor Year (Wareki) dates in date fields. FileMaker Pro converts the Emperor Year to a Western Gregorian (Seireki) year and saves it internally in the format specified by the file. The display format of the date—Western or Japanese—depends on the date field format.
Adding and viewing data Notes • You can enter era abbreviations in lower- or upper-case, and as full width or half width characters. Full width numbers (but not the date separators) are converted to half width when you exit the field in Browse or Find modes. • An era abbreviation letter followed by a “0” is interpreted as the year prior to the first year of that era. For example, “M0” = 1867, “T0” = 1911, and so on.
Adding and viewing data In 2013, In 2015, In 2030, Two-digit year converts to converts to converts to 45 1945 2045 2045 46 1946 1946 2046 47 1947 1947 2047 50 1950 1950 2050 76 1976 1976 1976 87 1987 1983 1987 95 1995 1995 1995 The following illustration depicts how the conversion method is skewed. It assumes that any twodigit year that you enter is more likely to be in the past than in the future.
Adding and viewing data Notes • FileMaker recommends that you only enter dates into fields defined with the Date type. Don’t use text or numeric fields to store dates. FileMaker software is not intended to support dates in such fields. • FileMaker Pro supports the entry of dates ranging from 1/1/0001 to 12/31/4000. • If you need to enter the creation date or modification date for a record, use auto-enter options, which are more accurate and easier than entering the data by hand.
Adding and viewing data Committing data in records Unlike most word processing applications, FileMaker Pro saves your data as you work. This is called committing data.
Adding and viewing data • ldap:// • ldaps:// • ftp:// • http:// • gopher:// • shttp:// • file:// • mailto:// • news:// • nntp:// • telnet:// Related topics Entering and changing data in fields Copying and moving data in records You can copy or move data to a field in the same record or a different record. To Do this in Browse mode Copy or move a value from one field to another Select the contents of the field, then choose Edit menu > Copy or Cut. Display another record, if needed.
Adding and viewing data • When you copy a record, everything is copied except data in container fields. Data is copied in tab-delimited format, in the order the fields appear on the layout. • Text styles, like font, color and size, are copied and can be pasted into other applications. • Multilingual text can be copied and pasted into other applications. • When you copy all the records in the found set, records are separated by carriage returns.
Adding and viewing data drop-down lists, or pop-up menus. For more information, see Setting up a field to display a pop-up menu, checkbox set, or other control. • If the field is defined with the Member of value list validation setting, you can't type a value that doesn't appear in the value list. See Defining field validation. • When you select a rotated field in Browse mode that is formatted as a value list, the field is temporarily displayed unrotated while you enter data.
Adding and viewing data • When you revert a record, any changes made to related data (such as related records displayed in a portal) are also reverted. For more information, see Committing data in records. Related topics Working with data in date fields Selecting the current record Using a field index FileMaker Pro can create an index of values for each text, number, date, time, timestamp, and calculation field.
Adding and viewing data • Current Time to insert the current time in a time, number, or text field. (You can also choose Current Time to insert the current date and time in a timestamp field.) • Current User Name to insert the current user name as specified in preferences. (To change the user name value, see Setting general preferences.) Notes • If a field formatted to display a drop-down calendar is empty or contains an invalid date, the calendar will default to the current date when opened.
Adding and viewing data In Layout mode, manipulate a text block with the Selection tool. In Layout mode, doubleclick with the Selection tool or use the Text tool to edit text. In Browse or Layout mode, select the text with the I-beam pointer.
Adding and viewing data To Do this Put selected text on the Clipboard Choose Edit menu > Cut (to remove the text) or Copy (to duplicate it). The text stays on the Clipboard until the next time you use Cut or Copy. Insert the contents of the Clipboard at the insertion point Choose Edit menu > Paste. Insert a tab character into a field Press Ctrl+Tab (Windows) or Option-Tab (OS X). Delete selected text Choose Edit menu > Clear, or press Backspace or Delete.
Adding and viewing data For a list of files that FileMaker Pro supports, see the table below. To insert Do this A picture Choose Insert menu > Picture, then choose the picture to insert. FileMaker Pro displays the picture in the field. A QuickTime file Choose Insert menu > QuickTime, then choose the file to insert. FileMaker Pro displays the contents of the QuickTime file in the container field. You can play a QuickTime movie or sound using the standard QuickTime controls.
Adding and viewing data Picture formats Audio/video formats QuickTime formats Photoshop (.psd) QuickTime Movie (.mov, .qt) (see notes below) WAV (.wav) PNG (.png) Sun Audio file (.au) QuickTime Image File (.qif) WAVE Audio File (.wav) SGI (.sgi) Windows Media Audio (.wma) Targa (.tga) Windows Media Videos (.wmv) (see notes below) TIFF (.tif) Windows bitmap (.bmp) Windows Metafile/Enhanced Metafile (.wmf/.emf) (Windows) Notes • For QuickTime Movie (.mov, .
Adding and viewing data If you select Store only a reference to the file, FileMaker Pro doesn't import the graphic file; it only keeps track of where it is on your hard disk. This option may reduce the size of your FileMaker Pro file, but if you move or delete the file, FileMaker Pro won't be able to display it. Tips • To display the same graphic in all records (for example, a company logo), insert the graphic onto a layout. See Inserting graphics onto a layout.
Adding and viewing data Note To insert packaged files such as Keynote files into a container field, archive or zip the packaged files. To insert a file of any type into a container field: 1. In Browse mode, click a container field. 2. Choose Insert menu > File. 3. In the dialog box, choose the file. If you select Store only a reference to the file, FileMaker Pro doesn't import the file; it only keeps track of where it is on your hard disk.
Adding and viewing data Playing QuickTime and QuickTimeVR movies in container fields You can play QuickTime movies and view QuickTime VR movies that are stored in container fields. For more information about QuickTime files in container fields, see Using data in container fields. Note Windows: If you’re resizing a window in which a QuickTime movie is playing, the movie briefly stops displaying until you’ve finished resizing the window.
Adding and viewing data • Double-click the container field where the sound is stored (only if the field is not an interactive container. See Specifying formats for container fields and Working with content in interactive containers). • Click the field, then press the Space bar.
Adding and viewing data • Windows: Be sure that a web browser plug-in (such as Adobe Reader) is installed on your local computer. If it is not installed, Insert menu > PDF will be unavailable. • You can scroll through the pages of the PDF and zoom in and out of the PDF. • You can copy, paste, and delete a PDF file in an interactive container; and copy text from the document. For more information, see below.
Adding and viewing data 2. Do one of these: • Press Backspace or Delete. • To delete data from an interactive container, choose Edit menu > Clear or Cut.
Adding and viewing data 3. In the Spelling dialog box, choose one of the following options if a questionable word appears in the Word box. Note You can't change a word in a restricted or password-protected file or field. In that case, click Next. To Do this Replace a misspelled word with one in the dictionary Select a suggestion in the list and click Replace. Revise a misspelled word that isn't in the spelling dictionaries For Word, type your replacement.
Adding and viewing data Creating and selecting spelling dictionaries Before you check spelling, you can select the spelling dictionaries to use. You can use the main dictionary by itself, or in combination with a customized user dictionary. (For more information on the main and user dictionaries, see Checking spelling.) FileMaker Pro is preset to use the user dictionary user.upr, but you can create other user dictionaries (for example, a dictionary containing special financial or medical terminology).
Adding and viewing data Editing user dictionaries You can review the FileMaker Pro user dictionaries to edit, add, and remove entries. You can also export the user dictionary to a text file or import a text file into a user dictionary. Note You must have a user dictionary selected before you can edit it. For more information, see Creating and selecting spelling dictionaries. To place a word in the user dictionary during spell checking: • In the Spelling dialog box, click Learn.
Adding and viewing data To replace field values in every record in the found set: 1. If necessary, find, omit, or sort the records in the database table. For more information, see Finding, sorting, and replacing data. 2. In Browse mode, in the current record, select the contents of the field you want to replace. 3. If you're replacing data with a constant value (instead of serialized numbers or a calculated result), type the value. 4. Choose Records menu > Replace Field Contents. 5.
Adding and viewing data • In FileMaker Pro 10, there was a change to how FileMaker Pro performs the Replace Field Contents and Relookup Field Contents commands and script steps. Replace/relookup operations are now performed without committing the active record. This change only affects multiple uncommitted records in a window transaction, as when you do a replace/ relookup on related records in a portal.
Adding and viewing data Related topics Placing and removing fields on a layout Printing troubleshooting Wrong or missing data in field • In networked databases, global field changes made by a guest are available only to that guest, and only until the guest closes the file. Each guest can have a different global field value. If all guests must have the same value, define a calculation field with a constant value (in quotes).
Adding and viewing data • Dates could have been entered before field validation options were added to the file. Related topics Working with data in date fields Opening files with different system formats Summary data is missing or incorrect To make sure that subsummary data displays correctly, consider these points: • If you’re in Browse mode, make sure you are viewing the file in List View or Table View. • Before printing, sort by all of the break fields on which your subsummaries are based.
Adding and viewing data Text formatting (for example, bold or underline) is not as expected • Check formatting in Browse mode. See Formatting text in Browse mode. Formatting applied to data in Browse mode affects that data in any layout it appears. • Check formatting in Layout mode. See Formatting and setting up field objects in Layout mode.
Adding and viewing data Alerts when entering data If you receive one of these error messages, check the possibilities listed. This field is not modifiable • Prohibit modification of value could be selected for auto-entered data in Options for Define Fields. • The field could be a calculation field or summary field. • You might not have the correct access privileges. See your database administrator.
Adding and viewing data • If the values are from a field in another table, check the relationship (make sure it is valid and contains values). For more information, see About relationships. • If the value list uses values from another file, the file may have been moved or renamed, or your access privileges may not allow you to access it. Items or characters are missing from the value list • If the value list is obtaining its values from a field, make sure the field type matches the values you’ve entered.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Finding, sorting, and replacing data This section describes three ways that you can manipulate data in FileMaker Pro: • Find records: you can find records that meet criteria you specify, such as records entered on a certain date or addresses in a particular city. • Sort records: you can rearrange records in a particular order by sorting fields. For example, you can sort alphabetically, numerically, by date, or by a custom sort order.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To view a list of recent quick finds: 1. In Browse mode, click the down arrow in the search box. 2. Do one of the following: • Choose a search term from the search history list to perform a quick find for the term. • Choose Clear Recent Searches to remove the search history. Notes • The only operator supported by quick find is the match phrase operator, double quotation marks (" ").
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Notes • Performing one of the find commands creates a new find request and deletes any existing set of requests associated with the current window. • The find shortcut menu items are only available if you are allowed to enter the field being used for the find. See Allowing or preventing entry into fields. • In Browse mode you can save the find for future use. See Saving a find request.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • You can see the last several find requests you have performed in a Recent Finds list. To access a list of recent finds: 1. Do one of the following: • In Find mode, click Saved Finds. • In Browse mode, click the down arrow next to Find (Windows), or click and hold Find (OS X). 2. Choose a find request from the Recent Finds list.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • To delete recent finds, click the down arrow next to Find or click Saved Finds (Windows), or click and hold Find or click Saved Finds (OS X). Then choose Clear All Recent Finds from the list. • In Find mode, a badge indicates a searchable field.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find Type this in the field Examples A phrase or sequence of characters that match when they are the first characters in a word (match phrase from word start) The literal text (characters), including spaces and punctuation, between double quotation marks (") "Marten and Jones Interiors" finds Marten and Jones Interiors but not Jones and Marten Interiors ", Ltd." finds all companies with ", Ltd.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find Type this in the field Examples Partial phrases, a sequence of words or characters (match phrase from anywhere) Characters, punctuation, and spaces between double quotation marks ("); use * to find this text in the middle of a longer text string *"son & Phillips" finds Exact matches of the text you specify (match entire field) == (two equal signs) for a field content match ==John finds John but not John Smith Exact matches of whole words you specify (ma
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Related topics Finding duplicate values Finding ranges of information Choosing a language for indexing or sorting Finding numbers, dates, times, and timestamps When you enter criteria in a find request, numbers, dates, times, and timestamps should be entered in the corresponding field types (or calculation fields returning the corresponding field type) to ensure correct behavior when finding them.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find Type this in the field Examples Today's date in a date field or in a calculation field that produces a date result // // finds April 4, 2014 (when the current date is 4/4/2014) A time in a time field or in a calculation field that produces a time result The time as digits, separated by colons 12:53:09 finds 12:53:09 A timestamp in a timestamp field or in a calculation field that produces a timestamp The date as digits, separated by a valid date separat
Finding, sorting, and replacing data About timestamp fields Finding ranges of information You can find ranges of information, such as all records that contain a field value that is greater or less than a number, or between two particular dates. A range is different based on the data type: • Numbers: least to greatest • Dates, times, and timestamps: earliest to latest • Text: first to last word, based on the index order of words (not the sort order).
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Notes • When searching for ranges of information in date, time, and timestamp fields, you don’t have to specify all date or time components. For example, you can type 5/2014 instead of 5/1/2014...5/31/2014 to find all dates in May 2014. • You can combine operators to simplify range searches. For example, type */{10..15}/ 2014 to search for all dates in 2014, but only for days from the 10th through the 15th.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find data in related fields: 1. Start a find request. See Making a find request. 2. Enter the find criteria you want. When you perform a find in a related field, FileMaker Pro displays all the records that have a related record matching the criteria you enter. For example, in an Invoice file that is displaying line items as related records in a portal, you could find all invoices listing a computer by typing Computer in the Item field in the portal.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find all duplicate records: 1. Start a find request. See Making a find request. 2. Refer to the following table for examples of different ways to search for a range of information. To find Use this operator Examples All duplicate values ! ! in the Company field finds all records that contain the same company name in the Company field. (ABC Company and DEF Ltd.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To find duplicate records except the first instance: 1. If you plan to delete the duplicate records that you find, make a backup copy of the file. See Saving and copying files. 2. Identify a field that determines a unique entity in your file. For example, in a Contacts database, the Last Name field is probably not a good choice, because you might have several people with the same last name. Employee ID is a better choice.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To include customers in New York and customers in Paris in the found set, type New York in the City field in the first request then type Paris in the City field in the second request. To include companies with more than 100 employees and companies with more than $100 million in assets, type >100 in the Number of Employees field in the first request, then type >100,000,000 in the Capitalization field in the second request.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • You can open another window in order to perform different find requests on the same data. See Opening multiple windows per file. • You can save a find request for later use. See Saving a find request. Finding records except those matching criteria You can omit records while performing a find. In other words, you can find information in your database that “does not equal” your specified criteria.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Related topics Finding duplicate values Viewing, repeating, or changing the last find You can view, repeat, or change a recent find request. To view or repeat the most recent find criteria: • In Find mode, click Saved Finds in the status toolbar, and choose a find request from the Recent Finds list. • In Browse mode, click the down arrow next to Find (Windows), or click and hold Find (OS X). Then choose a find request from the Recent Finds list.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Constraining (narrowing) a found set Constraining a found set lets you narrow find results incrementally, looking for more specific detail as you search your database. To find records based on multiple criteria in separate fields (a logical AND search), perform a find, specify the next criteria, then choose Requests menu > Constrain Found Set.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Example To first search for customers in New York, and then broaden the search to also include customers in Hong Kong: 1. Perform a find for New York in the City field. 2. Go to Find mode and enter a second find request: type Hong Kong in the City field. 3. Instead of clicking Find, choose Requests menu > Extend Found Set. The found set would then consist of customers in both New York and Hong Kong.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Finding the wrong date • The date field may not contain dates entered in a valid date format. This can happen, for example, if the dates were imported. • The date entered in the find request may be in an invalid format. For information on finding dates, see Finding numbers, dates, times, and timestamps and Finding ranges of information.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Saving a find request You can see your last several finds in a Recent Finds list. When you have a complex find request that you want to use on a regular basis, you can name it and save it for later use. After you create a saved find, you can access it in future sessions. Note The saved find is also available to any network clients that share the account. To save a find request: 1. Create a find request or choose a recent find.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To specify a Do this Find operator For Criteria, type your search criteria for the selected field or click Insert Operator to further refine your search criteria. See Finding records. You can also include variables in the search criteria. Particular cell of a repeating field For Repetition, type the number of repetitions to search for. For more information about repeating fields, see Defining repeating fields. 6. Click Add. 7.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Click To New or Edit Create another saved find request, or rename or change this saved find. See Saving a find request. Duplicate Make a copy of the saved find and its search criteria. Delete Delete one or more selected saved find requests from the list. View by Reorder the list of saved finds. 3. Click OK. To delete all saved finds for a user from an externally authenticated account: 1.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To cancel a sort operation before it is finished: Press Esc (Windows) or Command-period (OS X). Notes • Data sorts differently in different field types: This field type Sorts data in this order Text Alphabetically. Numbers sort by character position. (Example of an ascending sort: 1, 11, 2.) Numbers sort before letters. Non-alphanumeric values before the first word are ignored (unless you change the sort language to Unicode). Number Numerically.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Options for sorting records Use the following options in the Sort Records dialog box to sort records in a particular order. See Sorting records. To Do this Choose a sort field that is visible on the current layout and sort it according to the selected order Choose Current Layout (LayoutName) from the tables list, then double-click a field in the list.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data To Do this Unsort the records (return them to creation order) Click Unsort or, in Browse mode, choose Records menu > Unsort. Sort records according to a different language than the one used for indexing Select Override field's language for sort, then choose a language. To change the field's default language for sorting, see Defining field indexing options.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Region Total Sales D A C B 1200 800 300 150 Regions are sorted in descending order by total sales To sort records by subsummary values: 1. Create a report with grouped data and subtotals. Include the field you use to categorize the records (in this example, Region) and the summary field (here, Total Sales) in the report. For more information on creating a report with grouped data and subtotals, see Creating a layout.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • FileMaker Pro automatically updates sort order in a file when: • you make changes to related fields specified in the sort order. However, only the current parent record is affected. • any schema change, a local import-record operation, a local operation that replaces the contents of a field, a local field relookup, a local ODBC operation, or a redefined external data source modifies records in a table.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data Select To Match case Search for only those occurrences in which the capitalization matches the data you specified in the Find what box. Note In files that contain Japanese data, a find with the Match case option cleared does not simultaneously find both the halfwidth and full-width version of the same character. To comprehensively find and replace both characters, make sure you perform separate finds for both the half-width and full-width character.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • You cannot search for information in web viewers. • You cannot find data in fields that you are not permitted to view, or replace data in fields that you are not permitted to modify. • You cannot find and replace data in fields that are formatted as pop-up menus, radio buttons, or checkboxes. (To work around this limitation, find and replace data on a layout that includes these fields formatted as edit boxes or drop-down lists.
Finding, sorting, and replacing data • You can’t replace data in fields that are formatted as pop-up menus, radio buttons, or checkboxes. These fields will be counted and reported as skipped at the end of a Replace All operation.
Previewing and printing information Previewing and printing information With FileMaker Pro, you can print: • all the records in the database, a subset of the records, or only the current record • a blank record to create a paper form • definitions of scripts, tables, fields, and relationships to see the structure of your database FileMaker Pro prints records using the current layout. You can create layouts to print the same data in different ways.
Previewing and printing information • If you regularly print a particular layout to a different printer or with different paper options — for example, to print labels or print on a preprinted form — you may want to create a script that prints the layout for you. This script could contain Print Setup and Print script steps that would store and recall the particular printer and paper options that you want. See Creating scripts to automate tasks, Print Setup script step, and Print script step.
Previewing and printing information • variable information supplied by FileMaker Pro, like page numbers, the current date, and so on (see Inserting the date, page number, or other variable onto a layout) • the page margins you define (see Specifying page margins) • how fields set with sliding options close up blank space (see Removing blank spaces in printouts) • records arranged in columns if the Layout Setup dialog box is configured to print in columns (see Setting up to print records in columns) • the f
Previewing and printing information Note If you’re printing labels or envelopes, see Printing labels or Printing envelopes. To print records: 1. If you have more than one printer, specify which one you want to use as well as the paper size, orientation, and other options. See Specifying a default printer and paper options (Windows) or Specifying printer and paper options (OS X), as well as your printer and operating system documentation. 2.
Previewing and printing information • When you print a field or a portal with a scroll bar, FileMaker Pro prints only the data visible without scrolling. To print all the data, duplicate the layout and enlarge the field or portal to display the largest possible amount of data. Then specify sliding options to remove the extra blank space when you print. See Adding fields to a layout and Removing blank spaces in printouts. • You can keep any object on a layout from printing.
Previewing and printing information 2. Select the table or tables you want to print: • To select one table, click the table name. • To select multiple tables, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) each table name. • To select a range of adjacent tables, click the first table name, and then Shift-click the last table name in the range. 3. Click Print. 4. Click OK (Windows) or Print (OS X). FileMaker Pro prints the field names, field types, and formula/entry options for each table that you selected.
Previewing and printing information 5. Specify additional printer settings, if you want. 6. Click OK (Windows) or Print (OS X). Note Table and note selection highlights do not appear when printed. Related topics Printing records Printing scripts Printing table and field information Printing labels To create mailing labels, create a Labels layout or a Vertical Labels layout. You can choose from several predesigned label types or specify custom dimensions for your labels.
Previewing and printing information To verify printer settings for a Labels layout or Vertical Labels layout: 1. Choose File menu > Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X). In Preview mode, you can also click Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) in the status toolbar. 2. In the setup dialog box: • Choose the printer you plan to use.
Previewing and printing information • To placed a field on a new line, press Enter (Windows) or Return (OS X). • Add any punctuation (such as a comma) or spaces where you want them to appear on the printed envelope. 5. Click Finish. 6. Insert an envelope into your printer, and print the envelope. For printing tips, see the next section.
Previewing and printing information Document appears as expected in Preview mode Nothing is printing, or only some pages print • Check the page range specified in the Print dialog box. The starting page of the range might be higher than the number of pages in your document. Only some records are printing • See Records not printing.
Previewing and printing information An extra blank page prints after each page • The layout extends just below the page boundary. In Layout mode, look for a heavy dotted line running across the bottom of the layout, which indicates where the page breaks. Resize a layout part until the dotted line disappears. See Resizing layout parts. Some records in the portal don’t print • Only the number of rows displayed in the portal will print. Reformat the portal to show more fields.
Previewing and printing information Pages break in unexpected places • Check the paper size and page orientation selected in Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X). In Preview mode, you can also click Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) in the status toolbar. • Automatic page breaks are affected by the kind and size of layout parts on the layout. Delete the header and/or footer if they are not needed. • Each layout part on a layout can have separate page break options assigned to it.
Previewing and printing information • Turn the printer off, wait 10 seconds, and then turn it on again. • Try printing to a different printer if one is available. • Create a new, simple FileMaker Pro file and try to print from the new file. If you can print from one FileMaker Pro file but not another, try creating a new layout in the original file, or experiment with different fonts. • Cancel any stalled jobs, then try printing again.
Previewing and printing information • Create a new FileMaker Pro file and try to print from the new file. If you can print from one FileMaker Pro file but not another, create a new layout in the original file or experiment with different fonts. • Your printer driver software might be corrupt or out-of-date. See the documentation that came with your computer or printer for how to reinstall the printer driver. To get printer driver updates, contact Apple Inc. or your printer manufacturer.
Designing and creating databases Designing and creating databases FILEMAKER PRO HELP 150
Creating a database Creating a database The first step in creating a database is to plan the content, structure, and design. Then, you create a FileMaker Pro database file and define tables and fields. Related topics Deleting table definitions, field definitions, and data About planning a database A well-designed database promotes consistent data entry and retrieval, and reduces the existence of duplicate data among the database tables.
Creating a database between tables in the same file and tables in external files using relationships, as explained in Working with related tables and files. Other elements, such as scripts and access privileges, are stored at the file level, and because of this some complex solutions will benefit from using multiple files. 5. Determine the database tables and the data they will include, and, in turn, which fields you will need.
Creating a database Customer ID Customer Name Address Country Phone Order Date Salesperson Customer ID Invoice ID Order Date Subtotal Discount Region Salesperson Region Customers table Invoices table Invoice ID Product ID Unit Price Qty Extended Price Product Name Total Total in Stock Order Date Line Items table Product ID Product Name Unit Price Stock Category Discount Total in Stock Products table 8.
Creating a database Customer ID Customer ID Customer Name Invoice ID Address Order Date Country Subtotal Phone Salesperson Region Invoices table Product Name Unit Price Unit Price Qty Stock Extended Price Region Salesperson Product ID Product ID Discount Order Date Customers table Invoice ID Category Product Name Discount Total Total in Stock Order Date Line Items table Total in Stock Products table Relationships also make it possible to group your data to resolve complex que
Creating a database Best practices for designing layouts Sketch your layouts In addition to planning the structure of your database as described in About planning a database, FileMaker recommends you sketch your layouts on paper or onscreen before creating them in FileMaker Pro. A few sketches can help resolve design problems, communicate ideas, and save time. The sketching process can also help you create layouts that are visually balanced and provide a clear path for users to follow.
Creating a database Horizontal guide Screen stencil Vertical guide Consistently duplicate layout objects A characteristic of a well-designed layout is a consistent appearance among the layout objects. You can use: • Predefined object styles that come with FileMaker Pro or custom styles you create to format objects consistently on one or more layouts in a file or in multiple files in a solution.
Creating a database • It is not necessary to put all of the fields on a layout in order for users to perform sorts on them. • Decide if you intend the layout to be mainly used in Form View or Table View, especially if it will be used on an iOS device. For layouts to be used on an iOS device, choose one of the Touch themes in the Change Theme dialog box. Then design the layout accordingly. For more information on designing layouts to be used on iOS devices, see the FILEMAKER GO DEVELOPMENT GUIDE.
Creating a database 2. Type a name for the file (choose a different folder, if needed), then click Save. Windows: For Save as type, select FileMaker Files. If you don't type a file extension, FileMaker Pro adds .fmp12 to the filename. (To view file extensions in Windows, see the Windows operating system Help.) FileMaker Pro creates the file, displays a blank, empty file in Layout mode, and displays the Field Picker dialog box, where you can define fields for the database and add them to the layout. 3.
Creating a database Notes • If you don’t see the FileMaker Starter Solutions, they are not installed. If you have your installation CD, you can install the Starter Solutions by specifying the English language pack when you perform a custom installation of FileMaker Pro over your existing installation. For more information about installing FileMaker Pro, see the INSTALLATION AND NEW FEATURES GUIDE FOR FILEMAKER PRO AND FILEMAKER PRO ADVANCED. If you do not have your installation CD, visit http://www.
Creating a database Select To Log in using, then Account Name and Password, and type an account and password This is the default selection. The default is Log in using selected with the Account Name and Password option set to Admin and a blank password. Log in using, then Guest Account Automatically log in using a guest account Switch to layout, then choose a layout from the list in the Specify Layout dialog box Display the specified layout whenever you open the file.
Creating a database Select To Use smart quotes Use curly quotation marks and curly apostrophes. If this option is deselected or you use a font that doesn't have curly quotes, FileMaker Pro uses plain (straight) quotes and apostrophes. Changes affect new typing only; they do not affect existing data. Use Asian language linebreaking Control Asian language line-breaking. This option is enabled by default.
Creating a database Select To OnFirstWindowOpen Run a script each time you open a window of a database file when no other windows for the file are currently open. The script is triggered after the first window of a file is open. Click Specify to choose or create the script you want to use. Note Although this is typically the first time you open a file, you can also trigger a script this way when you open a window for a hidden file previously opened via a script or relationship.
Creating a database Defining automatic data entry Defining field validation Opening files protected with passwords Checking spelling Creating scripts to automate tasks Setting up script triggers Defining database tables Use database tables to organize and group your data by common characteristics or principles. Your database can contain as many tables as you need to organize your data (limited only by the amount of storage space on your hard disk).
Creating a database link in the Manage Database dialog box to restore links. See Restoring links to ODBC data sources. Related topics About defining database fields About relationships Deleting table definitions, field definitions, and data About defining database fields A field is the basic unit of data entry in a record. To define a new field, you give it a name. Then you select options that determine how the field interprets, enters, calculates, stores, and displays data.
Creating a database See About choosing a field type. 4. To set options for the field, right-click the field and choose Field Options. See Setting options for fields. 5. Repeat steps 1–4 to continue creating fields. Each new field has the same field type as the field added most recently. 6. When you drag fields to the layout, the fields are by default placed vertically and labels are placed to the left of fields.
Creating a database To Do this Add a field Click New Field, type a name for the field, and choose a field type. Change drag options, if needed, then drag the new field to the layout. Delete a field Right-click the field and choose Delete Field. To delete multiple fields at a time, select the fields, then right-click and choose Delete Field. Change a field’s name Windows: Double-click the field, then type a new field name. OS X: Select the field, then click the field name and type a new field name.
Creating a database See Setting options for fields. 8. Continue to define fields, or click OK. Note To add an existing field to a layout, switch to Layout mode and drag a field from the Field tool . See Placing and removing fields on a layout. Related topics Defining fields in the Field Picker dialog box Defining fields in Table View Defining fields in Table View Use the following steps to create or change fields in a new or existing database.
Creating a database • ,(comma), +, -, *, /, ^, &, =, ≠, >, <, ( ), [ ], { }, ", ; (semicolon), : (colon), :: (relational indicator), $ (variable indicator) • AND, OR, NOT, XOR, TRUE, FALSE, or the name of any FileMaker Pro function • Don't begin a field name to be used in a calculation formula with a space, period (.), or number. • Use _ (underscore) in place of a space to avoid restrictions in ODBC, exporting, web publishing, and other operations.
Creating a database Select this type If the field data will be Time Times only. A time field can contain the hours, minutes, and seconds portion of a time. See About time fields. Timestamp Dates and times together to reference a fixed point in calendar time. For example, 10/ 25/2014 2:39:46 AM. See About timestamp fields. Container A file of any type, such as a picture, a PDF, or a multimedia file. You can set up storage and display options for the field.
Creating a database Related topics About defining database fields Specifying text formats for fields About number fields Use number fields to store values from 10-400 up to 10400, and negative values in the same range. Notes • Use number fields to store: • numbers that need to be sorted in numeric order. FileMaker Pro indexes the first 400 significant digits (numbers, decimal points, or signs) of the field, ignoring letters and other symbols. • numbers used in calculation formulas or summary fields.
Creating a database changing the display format for a field (for example, July 7, 2014 or 7/7/2014), see Specifying formats for date fields. • New files and clones of existing files use the current operating system format for date formatting. • To make sure dates are always entered with four-digit years, see Defining field validation. • If you are using FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can copy field schemas from one file and paste them into the same file or some other file.
Creating a database Notes • A timestamp field always includes a date and a time of day. You must specify formats for both date and time components to change the format of a timestamp. See Specifying formats for timestamp fields. • Mathematical operations performed on timestamps are similar to those performed on time fields, and have a resolution of seconds (date fields have a resolution of days).
Creating a database When you save a FileMaker Pro file as a self-contained copy, container data that is stored as a file reference, as well as externally stored data, is embedded in container fields in the copy. See Saving and copying files. You can use the GetContainerAttribute function to track how the contents of a container field are stored and how much storage space it uses.
Creating a database 4. For Field Name, type a name for the field. See About naming fields. 5. For Type, select Calculation. 6. Click Create. You see the Specify Calculation dialog box. 7. If necessary, for Evaluate this calculation from the context of, choose a table from the list. Setting the context for a calculation is only necessary when you're creating a calculation field in a source table that has two or more occurrences in the relationships graph.
Creating a database 10. To select indexing and storage options for the field, click Storage Options, select options in the Storage Options dialog box, then click OK. See Defining field indexing options and Defining global fields (fields with global storage). 11. Click OK to close the Specify Calculation dialog box. 12. Continue to define fields or click OK. Important To avoid confusion when using dates in FileMaker Pro, always define calculation formulas to enter four-digit years.
Creating a database • References to related fields can become invalid if the related file is missing, or if you delete a field in the related file. FileMaker Pro alerts you that a field reference is invalid when you display or change the calculation formula. Changing the field type in a related file may cause unexpected behavior.
Creating a database Select this type of summary calculation To summarize values in a field in the found set of records by Average of Calculating the average of values in the field. Count of Counting the number of records that contain a value for the field. For example, if a field contains 100 values (one value for each record), the result of the count is 100. Minimum Finding the lowest number, or earliest date, time, or timestamp for a field.
Creating a database Note You must format your summary field as a repeating field to display individual summary values. See Setting up the display of repeating fields. 10. Click OK, then continue defining fields or click OK. To define summary fields in Table View: 1. With the database open in Browse mode, click Table View in the layout bar. 2. Click + in the column heading to add a new field. 3.
Creating a database • making a repeating field • indexing and storing data • storing container data externally (see About setting up container fields) • storing a global value • setting Furigana input options (Japanese language fields only) You can add, change, or remove data entry, validation, repeating, storage, and indexing options for all field types except summary. FileMaker Pro doesn't update existing records if you change field options. You can find existing records and change the data, if needed.
Creating a database To Do this Enter the record modification date and time (timestamp) Select Modification, then choose Timestamp from the list. Enter the name of the person who modifies the record Select Modification, then choose Name from the list. Enter the account name that modifies the record Select Modification, then choose Account Name from the list.
Creating a database when one of the referenced fields changes and the destination field is empty. (However, if you select Do not evaluate if all referenced fields are empty in the Specify Calculation dialog box, the value isn't calculated when you create a record and all fields referenced by the calculation are empty. Instead, the value is calculated when one of the referenced fields contains a value.) • Auto-enter calculations can be self-referencing.
Creating a database 8. For Validate data in this field, select Always for ongoing field validation, or Only during data entry to limit validation to instances when data is being entered. Check Allow user to override if you want the user to override validation warnings.
Creating a database • You can also specify the auto-complete option for text fields to help ensure accuracy for data entry. See Setting up a field to auto-complete during data entry. • Unique or existing validation on a field triggers when you exit the field, not when you commit the entire record. • You can set auto-enter and validation options for external fields for ODBC tables. These field options only affect how you work with these external fields in FileMaker Pro.
Creating a database • You can use variables instead of global fields for temporary data storage. See Using variables. • To enter or change the value in a global field, in Browse mode, select the field and enter the new value. • You can't use a global field to find records. • If your file is shared, only the host's changes to global field data are saved. Changes are saved only when the file is closed.
Creating a database 7. In the Repeating area, enter a number for Maximum number of repetitions. If the field is a calculation field, you see the Specify Calculation dialog box instead of the Options for Field dialog box. For Number of repetitions, enter the number of repetitions (up to 32,000). 8. Click OK. 9. Click OK to close the Options for Field dialog box, or click another tab to set additional field options.
Creating a database To set indexing options for a field: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. Note To set options for fields in Table View, right-click the column heading for the field, choose Field > Field Options from the shortcut menu, then skip to step 6. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 3. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 4. Click the field name. 5.
Creating a database • Selecting All for text fields can significantly increase file size, as every word in the text field is indexed. Certain operations, such as importing records, may also take more time, as each word in the field is added to the field’s index as the import occurs. • Automatically create indexes as needed indexes the field the first time a user performs a find request (searches) on the field. The first search is slow because the index is being created.
Creating a database 4. In the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box, select an existing field, or define a new one. 5. Click Options (or double-click the field name). 6. In the Options for Field dialog box, click the Furigana tab. 7. Select the field to enter Furigana. 8.
Creating a database container data externally promotes faster backups, because after an initial backup has been performed, subsequent backups copy only the external files that were added or changed. • Choose how data is stored: Your data remains protected by FileMaker Pro. Container data that's stored externally in secure storage is by default encrypted and can be read by FileMaker Pro using secure storage.
Creating a database You can store container data in a different directory. See Managing external storage of container data. 9. Choose how you want the container data stored. Choose To Secure Storage (the default) Encrypt the data, making it readable by FileMaker Pro using secure storage. FileMaker Pro creates a subdirectory named “Secure” in the base directory and randomly distributes the files across subdirectories, and creates new subdirectories as needed.
Creating a database 2. In the Storage tab, create, edit, or delete a base directory for the container fields in this database. You can set up subdirectories for individual container fields in Field Options. To Do this Create a new base directory Click New. In the New Base Directory dialog box, type a path for the base directory. A base directory can be an absolute path, a path relative to the database location, or a network path. (You can see examples of base directories at the bottom of the dialog box.
Creating a database 4. Choose storage options for thumbnail images. To use Do this Temporary storage Select Temporary storage (the default). Temporary storage caches in-memory only. Each time the database file is closed, the cache is discarded. Permanent storage Select Permanent storage. Permanent storage caches on-disk in addition to in-memory. The on-disk portion of the cache remains when the database file is closed. 5. Click OK.
Creating a database FileMaker Pro transfers the data from all selected fields to their destinations. To stop the transfer process, click Stop in the Container Data Transfer dialog box. Stopping the transfer doesn’t roll back the data already transferred. You can restart the process at any time by following the steps above. 5. When the transfer is completed, the Transfer Summary dialog box appears, showing you the status, number of files transferred, and number of files skipped. Click OK. 6.
Creating a database Changing field names When you change a field name, FileMaker Pro changes the name on each layout and any field references used in calculation or summary fields. The field label changes on layouts if it matches the original field name. To change a field name: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 3. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 4.
Creating a database Related topics Copying and pasting field schemas (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Changing field types Changing a field type changes the kind of data the field can contain. It also affects how you find and sort information that uses that field. For example, if you change a date field to a text field, you can type other information in the field besides a date, but you will no longer be able to sort chronologically. Important Changing the field type can permanently and irretrievably erase data.
Creating a database When you change This happens A field used in a summary to a field type that can't be used in a summary You see an alert. You must change the summary so it doesn't include the field or delete the summary field before changing the field type. A field used in a relationship You might not be able to change the field type if the field is used as a match field in a relationship and the new field type cannot be used as a match field in a relationship.
Creating a database To change a summary field: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 3. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 4. In the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box, select the summary field, then click Options (or double-click the field name). 5. In the Options for Summary Field dialog box, make your changes.
Creating a database 5. Click OK. To reorder field definitions by clicking column headings: Click the Field Name or Type column heading in the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box. To reverse the sort, for example, from ascending to descending order, click the heading again. Deleting table definitions, field definitions, and data Deleting a table or field in the Manage Database dialog box permanently and irretrievably deletes the table or field definition and all the data in that table or field.
Creating a database Notes • When you delete a table, you delete all of the records and field definitions associated with that table. • You can remove a field from a layout without deleting the field definition. • You can’t delete a field if it is referenced in a calculation field, summary field, calculation in a script, or relationship defined in the same file. (If the calculation, summary, script, or relationship definition is defined in a related file, you can delete the field.
Creating a database Type of path Description Format Full remote (Windows) The absolute path to a target file or folder on a Windows volume shared using Windows file sharing filewin://computerName/ shareName/directoryName/ fileName filewin://computerName/ shareName/directoryName/ FileMaker Network The network path to a shared FileMaker Pro file fmnet:/hostIPaddress/ fileName Note FileMaker Pro does not support URL protocols as file paths.
Creating a database You can also use the Let function to specify variables in calculations. The scope of local variables is limited to the current script. The scope of global variables is limited to the file in which the global variables are defined, for as long as the file remains open. Examples of using variables in file paths Assume the following variables: $fileName = "test.
Creating a database • To access a file located on a shared Windows volume, use the network path format. This format is only compatible with shared Windows volumes. It is not compatible with shared OS X volumes or FileMaker Network sharing. • FileMaker does not recommend using an asterisk (*) as a wildcard character in network file paths as it slows FileMaker network traffic. When possible, replace an asterisk with the appropriate IP address or use variables in file paths.
Creating a database • Insert Picture • Insert QuickTime • Recover File • Save a Copy as • Save Records as Excel • Save Records as PDF • Send DDE Execute • Send Event • Send Mail (Attach File option) Examples of using variables in file paths Assume the following variables: $fileName = "test.xlsx" $username = "JohnSmith" $searchList = "file:old results.txt file:../archived/old results.
Creating a database Functions reference (alphabetical list) About functions A function is a predefined, named formula that performs a specific calculation and returns a single, specific value. Most functions include three basic parts: • the function • a set of parentheses, if the function takes parameters • the parameters required by the function Each function returns a result of field type text, number, date, time, timestamp, or container.
Creating a database Repeating functions Summary functions Text functions Text formatting functions Time functions Timestamp functions Trigonometric functions About formulas Formulas perform specific operations on one or more values in a database file, and return a single result. Formulas can be used to define: • a calculation field. See Defining calculation fields. • a calculated value for an automatic entry into a field. See Defining automatic data entry.
Creating a database Using operators in formulas An operator is a symbol or instruction that manipulates expressions in a formula. For example, the plus (+) operator tells FileMaker Pro to add one expression to another. FileMaker Pro has four types of operators: • Mathematical operators • Comparison operators • Logical operators • Text operators Note For information on using variables in formulas, see Using variables. Order of evaluation Operators are evaluated in the order they are listed below. 1.
Creating a database Functions reference (alphabetical list) Adding a new line to the results of a formula You can format the results of a formula by inserting carriage returns in your calculation. To add a new line to the results of a formula: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 3. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 4.
Creating a database C++ style comments begin with the characters // and finish at the end of the line. To add comments to a formula: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 3. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 4. In the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box, select the calculation field, then click Options. 5.
Creating a database Avoid using these words and symbols in field names and table names, because the names become difficult to refer to in calculations. If one of your field names or table names is a reserved word or contains reserved symbol, you must put the characters ${ } around the name when it appears in a function.
Creating a database Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Working with plug-ins C or C++ programmers familiar with calculations in FileMaker Pro and FileMaker Pro Advanced can create plug-ins that extend the feature set of FileMaker Pro. This section describes how to: • Create plug-ins and make them available to users. • Install plug-ins in solution files.
Creating a database Note To display all available external functions, select External functions from the View list. 4. If you want plug-in updates to be installed automatically, ensure Allow Solutions to Install Files is selected. See Installing plug-ins. Note For security reasons, system administrators might require users to disable Allow Solutions to Install Files. Contact the system administrator at your customer site for more information.
Creating a database Notes • If a plug-in has been disabled in the client’s plug-in preferences, it will install but will not be accessible to FileMaker Pro until it is manually enabled by the user. • You cannot install multiple versions of a plug-in to support multiple versions of FileMaker Pro.
Creating a database 7. Create a start-up script that references the above scripts, in their script order, when a user opens the database. Notes • Clients must be running FileMaker Pro 12 or later to update plug-ins using this method. • For plug-ins to install, the Allow Solutions to Install Files option must be selected in the client’s Plug-in preferences. See Setting plug-in preferences.
Creating a database Ensure Allow Solutions to Install Files is selected in the FileMaker Pro Plug-in preferences." Else If [Get(LastError) = 1550] Show Custom Dialog [Plugin Update::Plugin File & " was installed but could not be initialized."] Else If [Get(LastError) = 1551] Show Custom Dialog [Plugin Update::Plugin File & " could not be installed."] Else Show Custom Dialog ["A general error " & Get(LastError) & " occured when installing " & Plugin Update::Plugin File] End If End If 5.
Creating a database Related topics Creating custom plug-ins Get(InstalledFMPlugins) Install Plug-In File FILEMAKER PRO HELP 215
Creating and managing layouts and reports Creating and managing layouts and reports FileMaker Pro layouts determine how information is organized for viewing, printing, reporting, finding, and entering data. Layouts don’t store your data—they just display it. Database files can have many different layouts, which display data in a variety of ways.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Or, in Browse mode, choose File menu > Manage > Layouts, and click New. You see the New Layout/Report assistant, which helps you create the type of layout you want. As you make your choices, additional options are presented to you. For some types of layouts, such as labels, envelopes, and reports, you see additional panels. To Do this See an onscreen Help topic that explains the choices in the current panel Windows: Press F1 (Windows) or Command-? (OS X).
Creating and managing layouts and reports Touch Device layouts is Enlightened Touch, and the default theme for Printer layouts is Enlightened Print. • You can change a layout theme by clicking in the layout bar in Layout mode. You can also create object, layout part, and layout background styles and save them to a theme (see Creating new layout object, part, or background styles).
Creating and managing layouts and reports To In the status toolbar, do this Go to the next layout Click the right arrow in the book. Go to the previous layout Click the left arrow in the book. Move quickly through layouts Drag the slider left or right. Go to a specific layout Click the current layout number, type the layout number you want, then press Enter (Windows) or Return (OS X). Or press Esc, type the layout number, then press Enter (Windows) or Return (OS X).
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Expand or collapse a folder Click the expand/collapse icon to the left of the folder name, or press the + or - key (Windows) or the Right Arrow or Left Arrow key (OS X). Duplicate, delete, or rename a layout See Duplicating, deleting, or renaming layouts. Rename a folder Double-click the folder to rename. Type a new name in the Edit Folder dialog box, and click OK. Duplicate a folder Select the folder, and click Duplicate.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Note Be sure to select each item (including a folder’s layouts and subfolders) that you want to appear in the Layout pop-up menu. Only the items you select are displayed. 4. When you are finished, close the Manage Layouts dialog box. Notes • Use Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) to select multiple layouts and folders. You can duplicate and delete multiple layouts and folders, and you can open multiple layouts.
Creating and managing layouts and reports the field you want each field object to display. For more information, see and Copying, duplicating, and deleting objects and Placing and removing fields on a layout. • You can also duplicate, delete, or rename a layout by choosing from the Layouts menu in Layout mode. Saving and reverting layout changes As you design a layout in Layout mode, save your work early and often. Don’t wait until you finish working.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Create a separator line for grouping layouts and folders in the Layout pop-up menu Choose Manage Layouts from the Layout pop-up menu. In the list, select the layout above which you want the separator to appear. Then click the arrow next to New, and choose Separator. Include or exclude layouts, folders, or separator lines in the Layout pop-up menu in Browse, Find, and Preview modes Choose Manage Layouts from the Layout pop-up menu.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 2. Click Layout Setup in the layout bar. You can also click the name of the layout’s current table. 3. In the Layout Setup dialog box, click the Views tab, then select one or more views. When you select This View menu item is enabled in Browse and Find modes Form View View as Form List View View as List Table View View as Table Unless you change the default settings, FileMaker Pro enables all views. 4.
Creating and managing layouts and reports the font color, which is always black) from the first field in the tab order. You can't modify the background of the column headers. • If Include column headers is selected, users can resize columns by right-clicking the column header and choosing Table View > Set Column Width. This shortcut menu command is available even if Resizable columns is cleared in the Table View Properties dialog box.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To set the automatic record-saving option for a layout: 1. In Layout mode, choose the layout you want to work with from the Layout pop-up menu. 2. Click Layout Setup in the layout bar. You can also click the name of the layout’s current table. 3. In the Layout Setup dialog box, do one of the following: • To save record changes automatically, select Save record changes automatically.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To show field borders and background fill on only the current record: 1. In Layout mode, choose the layout you want to work with from the Layout pop-up menu. 2. Click Layout Setup in the layout bar. You see the Layout Setup dialog box. 3. To show field borders and background fill for only the current record in List View or a report, select Delineate fields on current record only. 4. Click OK.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • For objects containing text, the font color and font family change to the default style defined in the theme. However, all other text properties, such as text size, are retained. • Buttons created using versions of FileMaker Pro earlier than version 12 retain their original formatting. • If objects on the layout and the layout background are filled with an image, the image is retained.
Creating and managing layouts and reports border to resize in Browse mode when you resize the FileMaker Pro window, specify that objects automatically resize horizontally on the layout. See Setting auto-resize options for layout objects. • Some themes have additional predefined styles for some objects. If you switch to a theme that doesn’t support additional predefined styles, any objects formatted with additional styles are reset to default styles.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • once for each record • only at the top of each page • only before or after groups of sorted records (for example, to include a subtotal for each group of records) Each layout must have at least one part. Layout parts can contain fields, portals, buttons, text, charts and other objects. In Layout mode, gray horizontal lines mark the division between layout parts (part boundaries). Part labels display horizontally or vertically on the left side of a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Footer: Appears at the bottom of every screen or page (unless you add a title footer). You can have only one footer in a layout. Any fields in the footer preview and print data from the last record on that page. Title footer: Appears only once at the bottom of the first screen or page and replaces the normal footer (if one is specified). You can have only one title footer in a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • The summary part is resized to display one row beyond the number of rows in the table. • Fields placed on a layout in leading parts (leading grand summary or subsummary parts) are aligned touching the bottom of the part. • Fields placed on a layout in trailing parts (trailing grand summary or subsummary parts) are aligned touching the top of the part. • If a break field is placed in a subsummary part, it will always appear in the left-most column in Table View.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • You can add fields, portals, graphic objects, and text to any layout part. FileMaker Pro considers an object to be in a part when the top of the object is in or just touching the part. For example, if the top of a field touches the bottom division line of the header part, the field displays and prints only in the header and not in the body.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To change Do this Layout part color See Setting the fill, line style, and borders for objects, layout parts, and the layout background. To quickly change a layout part color, right-click the part label. Whether records in List View are displayed with an alternating fill, as specified by the Alternate display state Select or deselect Use alternate row state.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Select Start a new page before printing the contents of the selected part (for example, to print a trailing grand summary on a new page) Page break before each occurrence. Start a new page after printing the contents of the selected part a specified number of times (for example, to print five records in the body, and then start a new page) Page break after every occurrences, and enter the number of part occurrences that you want per page.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To reorder layout parts: 1. In Layout mode, choose Layouts menu > Part Setup. 2. In the Part Setup dialog box, drag the name of the part to the new location. A part that can't be moved has a lock icon to the left of its name. 3. Click Done. FileMaker Pro moves all the fields and objects in the part and maintains its proportions.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Deleting layout parts You can delete all but the last layout part from a layout. You can choose to delete a part and the objects on the part, or delete a part without deleting the objects on the part. To delete a part and the objects on the part: 1. Select and drag any objects you want to keep to another part on the same layout. 2. In Layout mode, choose Layouts menu > Part Setup. 3. In the Part Setup dialog box, select the part to delete, then click Delete.
Creating and managing layouts and reports For more information, see Setting up a field to display a pop-up menu, checkbox set, or other control. For more information about editing and formatting field objects, see Selecting and working with objects on a layout and Formatting and setting up field objects in Layout mode. Placing and removing fields on a layout After you define a field, you can add it anywhere on a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To replace a field with another one: 1. In Layout mode, double-click the field. 2. Select another field name in the Specify Field dialog box. 3. Click OK. To remove a field from a layout: Removing a field from a layout only removes it from the layout; it does not delete the field or its data from your database. 1. In Layout mode, click the field to select it. 2. Press Backspace or Delete, or choose Edit menu > Clear.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • When you are working in Table View in Browse mode or Find mode, you can hide fields that show in Table View. See Displaying and hiding fields in Table View. • If you have used the Field tool to add a field to a summary part and the text is difficult to see, use the Inspector or the Format Painter to copy the style you want from another field. • You can place fields in the gray area to the right of the layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To remove a merge field: Select the field name along with the << and >> symbols, then press Backspace or Delete. Notes • You can insert punctuation, spaces, line breaks, and text between merge fields as needed. Be careful not to type extra characters inside the << and >> symbols. • You can insert a merge field directly into a text block by typing the field name surrounded by two opening and two closing angle brackets, like this: <>.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 4. Select record options for the portal. To Select Sort the records in the portal Sort portal records, and click Specify. In the Sort dialog box, choose the fields by which to sort the portal records, and click OK. Filter the records in the portal Filter portal records, and click Specify. In the Specify Calculation dialog box, define a formula for a calculation to filter the portal records, and click OK.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To resize a portal row: 1. Select the portal by clicking the border of the portal, or any other area within the portal that doesn't contain a field or object. You see selection handles at each corner of the first portal row. 2. Drag a selection handle. The first row resizes and each additional row resizes to match the first row. 3. If necessary, resize the field objects and any other objects that appear within the portal.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • You can summarize data that appears in a portal. For example, if you have a portal that displays products and prices, you may want a field that displays a subtotal of all the prices listed in the portal. See Summarizing data in portals. • If one or more records cannot be changed because they are being accessed elsewhere — either in another window by the same user or (if the file is shared) by other clients, then the record(s) is locked.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Tool Tool name Related topic Field/Control tool Placing and removing fields on a layout Button tool Defining a button Popover Button tool Adding a popover Tab Control tool Adding a tab control Slide Control tool Adding a slide control Portal tool Creating portals to display related records Chart tool Creating charts from data Web Viewer tool Adding a web viewer Field tool Placing and removing fields on a layout Part tool Adding a layout part
Creating and managing layouts and reports Related topics Inserting the date, page number, or other variable onto a layout Inserting graphics onto a layout Using buttons with scripts Adding fields to a layout Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Adding text to a layout Adding text to a layout makes the layout easier to use and understand. Use text for: • field labels for fields.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • To enter many individual text blocks at once, double-click the Text tool to lock it. The Text tool remains active until you click another tool. (You can also set a preference to always lock a tool when you select it. For more information, see Setting layout preferences.) • To create a form letter, create a Blank layout, and then use the Text tool to create a large text block for the letter.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Choose To insert In Layout mode, you see User Name Symbol A variable user name. This name changes to show the User Name specified in Preferences. {{UserName}} Page Number Symbol A page number. (Page numbers only appear in Preview mode or on a printed report.) {{PageNumber}} Record Number Symbol A record number (or a row number when inserted into a portal row) {{RecordNumber}} Other Symbol The result of a specified Get function flag.
Creating and managing layouts and reports could display the total cost at the bottom of an invoice, or display the name of the account used to print a report. You see the merge variable value in Browse, Find, and Preview modes, and when you print records. To insert a merge variable onto a layout: 1. Create a variable using the Set Variable script step. FileMaker recommends that you create global variables for use as merge variables. 2.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • The value of a merge variable uses the attributes of the text block it is inserted into (or the layout’s default text attributes, if the merge variable was inserted onto the layout by itself). To change the text attributes of merge values, select the entire merge variable in Layout mode (including the <<, $$, and >> symbols), then select text formatting options. For more information, see Formatting text.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Notes • To create a line, rectangle, rounded rectangle, or oval, you can also choose Insert menu > Graphic Object, and then choose the appropriate option from the submenu that appears. • When you add a line or shape to a layout, its format is based on the theme applied to the layout. You can apply a custom style to change the display attributes of the field. See Creating new layout object, part, or background styles.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Notes • You can also insert graphics as data into container fields. Do this when you have a different graphic for each record, such as employee photos in an employee directory database table. See Inserting graphics into container fields. • You can insert a graphic via copy and paste: copy a graphic in another application, switch to FileMaker Pro, and then paste the graphic onto a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 to create additional tab panels. 6. For Default Front Tab, choose the panel you want in front when you switch from Layout mode to another mode. When you switch to Layout mode from another mode, the front-most tab panel is the one that was last displayed in the previous mode. 7. Choose Tab Justification options: Left, Center, Right, or Full. 8.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Add a new tab panel For Tab Name, type a new name and click Create, or click Specify to create a tab label based on a calculation. See Specify Calculation dialog box. Rename a tab panel In the Tabs list, select a name, type the new name, and click Change, or click Specify to create a tab label based on a calculation. Remove a tab panel In the Tabs list, select a name and click Delete. All objects in the tab panel are deleted from the layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Formatting panel controls Copying, duplicating, and deleting panel controls Defining conditional formatting for layout objects Changing a slide control You can add, remove, and reorder slide panels in a slide control. You can also include dots on a slide panel to help you move through the panels. To change a slide control: 1. In Layout mode, double-click the slide control. Or, select the slide control and choose Format menu > Slide Control Setup.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Reorder the panels within a slide control Drag a dot on the slide control to the new position. Set the slide panel you want in front by default Select Show navigation dots, then drag the slide panel to the left-most position. Note You can’t drag dots to move slide panels between slide controls. 3. To add objects to a slide panel, use the layout tools in the status toolbar, choose from the Insert menu, or drag objects onto the tab panel.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Select more than one panel of a panel control Tab panels: Click a tab to bring it to the front, then click the tab again. A box appears around the tab name, indicating the tab panel is selected. Shift-click another tab, then Shift-click it again to add the second tab panel to your selection. Continue Shift-clicking tabs until all the panels you want are selected.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Line up the edges of objects on one panel or in the same place in different panels Select objects on one or more panels. In the Inspector, click Position. In the Arrange & Align area, click one of the following: • Align Left Edges • Align on Horizontal Centers • Align Right Edges • Align Top Edges • Align on Vertical Centers • Align Bottom Edges If you don’t see the Inspector, click Inspector in the layout bar.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Make objects on one panel or in different panels the same size Select objects on one or more panels. In the Inspector, click Position.
Creating and managing layouts and reports to the front in this situation, assign an object name to the field that’s on the panel and use the Go to Object script step to locate that instance of the field. • To ensure that objects on a panel are resized along with the panel, specify resize settings for both the panel and the objects. See Setting auto-resize options for layout objects.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To copy, paste, duplicate, or delete a panel control: 1. In Layout mode, select the tab control or slide control. 2. Do the following. To Do this Copy (or cut) a tab control or slide control, then paste it onto the same or another layout, or onto a layout in another database file • Choose Edit menu > Copy (or Cut).
Creating and managing layouts and reports • OS X: Click and hold the Button tool or the Popover Button tool , and choose Popover Button from the menu. Then drag the crosshair to draw the popover button. Tip You can also add a popover button by choosing Insert menu > Popover Button. A popover button and popover are created on the layout, and the Popover Setup dialog box appears. 3. To add a label to the popover button, type the label at the insertion point on the popover button. 4.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Formatting popover buttons and popovers Copying, duplicating, and deleting popovers Changing popover settings Use the Popover Setup dialog box to change popover settings. To change settings for a popover: 1. If the Popover Setup dialog box is not open in Layout mode, do one of the following: • If the popover is closed: Double-click the popover button or select the popover button and choose Format menu > Display Popover, then double-click the popover.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Related topics Adding a popover Copying, duplicating, and deleting popovers Moving and resizing popovers Moving and resizing popovers You can move popover buttons and resize popover buttons and popovers. To move a popover button (and its popover): • In Layout mode, drag the popover button to the new location. When you move a popover button, its associated popover and all objects on the popover move with it. See Moving objects on a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 2. Do one or more of the following. To Do this Copy (or cut) a popover, then paste it onto the same or another layout • Choose Edit menu > Copy (or Cut). Click with the arrow pointer where you want the popover button centered, then choose Edit menu > Paste Layout Object(s) (Windows) or Edit menu > Paste (OS X). • Or, hold down the Alt key (Windows) or Option key (OS X), drag the pointer to a new location, and release the mouse.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Copy (or cut) the object and then paste the object Choose Edit menu > Copy (or Cut). Click with the arrow pointer where you want the object pasted, then choose Edit menu > Paste. See Copying, duplicating, and deleting objects. Delete the object • Choose Edit menu > Clear. • Or, press Backspace or Delete. See Copying, duplicating, and deleting objects. Move the object Drag the object to a new location. See Moving objects on a layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Adding a web viewer You can add a web viewer to display a web page on a layout. The address of the web page can be either a constant or a calculation based on data in the current record. 1. In Layout mode, choose the layout you want from the Layout pop-up menu. 2. Click the Web Viewer tool in the status toolbar. 3. Drag the crosshair to draw the web viewer. Tip You can also add a web viewer by choosing Insert menu > Web Viewer. 4.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 10. Select Automatically encode URL to allow FileMaker Pro to apply encoding rules to the URL, if necessary, so that it complies with a browser’s required format. To keep the URL in the format in which it is entered, deselect this checkbox. For more information about URL encoding, see About URL encoding in web viewers. 11. Click OK. Notes • Web viewers display web pages in Form View and List View.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To Do this Change whether FileMaker Pro automatically encodes a URL Select Automatically encode URL to allow FileMaker Pro to apply encoding rules to the URL, if necessary, so that it complies with a browser’s required format. To keep the URL in the format in which it is entered, deselect this checkbox. (For more information about URL encoding, see About URL encoding in web viewers.) Note Some website parameters may be marked Required or Optional.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • follows the format: :// :@:// • begins with the correct scheme — for example, http://, https://, ftp://, gopher://, or file://. If you omit the scheme, the operating system’s web browser might use one that you didn’t intend. • is correctly encoded as a URL, by selecting Automatically encode URL. See About URL encoding in web viewers.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 6. To check the margins, switch to Preview mode. For more information, see Previewing data on a layout. Notes • To change the unit of measure used for margins, in Layout mode, right-click the ruler and choose a unit of measure from the shortcut menu. See Using the rulers and grid. • You can display the margins in Layout mode exactly as they will print. For more information, see Showing page margins.
Creating and managing layouts and reports You only see multiple columns in Layout and Preview modes and when you print (not in Browse mode or Find mode). To set up columns in a layout: 1. Choose File menu > Print Setup (Windows), or File menu > Page Setup (OS X), confirm that your printer and paper settings are correct, and then click OK. In Preview mode, you can also click Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) in the status toolbar.
Creating and managing layouts and reports To change the width of columns: The initial width of each column is calculated based on the paper size, orientation, and any margins you have set. To change the width of columns, do one of the following: To Do this Interactively adjust the width of the columns Drag the right column boundary (the vertical dashed line at the right edge of the sample column).
Creating and managing layouts and reports • You can set layout parts to shrink when the fields in them slide up. Headers, footers, title headers, and title footers never shrink or slide up. Don't set a part to shrink on a layout that requires fixed vertical spacing, like labels. All objects slide left (or up) corresponding to the amount of space that the fields to the left of (or above) the objects shrink.
Creating and managing layouts and reports If you want to remove sliding from a group of objects, remember to select the left-most (or topmost) field along with the other objects that are sliding. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Position. 3. In the Sliding & Visibility area, deselect options you don't want. Notes • In many cases, you can achieve the same sliding effects by using merge fields. The following table summarizes when to use sliding objects and when to use merge fields.
Creating and managing layouts and reports 3. In the Sliding & Visibility area, for Object visibility, select Hide when printing. Notes • You see nonprinting objects in Browse and Layout modes, but not in Preview mode or when you print. In Layout mode, choose View menu > Show > Non-Printing Objects to display nonprinting objects with a gray border. • To close up the blank space taken by a nonprinting object, set sliding options for that object and objects below it on the layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Trigger area Script trigger Layout OnRecordLoad Before processing X OnRecordCommit X OnRecordRevert X OnLayoutKeystroke X OnLayoutEnter OnLayoutExit X X OnLayoutSizeChange X OnModeEnter X OnModeExit X OnViewChange OnGestureTap File options After processing X X OnFirstWindowOpen X OnLastWindowClose X OnWindowOpen X OnWindowClose X Timing of script triggers When multiple script triggers are activated by the same event, the script trigge
Creating and managing layouts and reports 19. OnLayoutExit 20. OnWindowClose 21. OnLastWindowClose Notes • Scripts that are run by script triggers use existing privileges. Unless a script is defined to run with full privileges, the script runs using the user’s privileges. • In Custom Web Publishing, script triggers can only be activated by a script and not by direct user interaction. For example, if a user tabs into a field that has an OnObjectEnter script trigger, the trigger will not activate.
Creating and managing layouts and reports A badge appears in the lower-right corner of a layout on which you set a layout script trigger. If you don’t see the badge, choose View menu > Show > Script Triggers. In the Manage Layouts dialog box, you see trigger is set. next to the name of a layout for which a layout script Script triggers set for one layout do not apply to other layouts. To include a script trigger on multiple layouts, repeat these steps on each layout.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Changing object data without activating script triggers Bulk operations that may change many records at once will not trigger a script. Spell checking (Edit menu > Spelling > Check All or the Check Found Set script step) or a Find/ Replace (Edit menu > Find/Replace or the Open Find/Replace script step) on more than one record at a time will not activate script triggers.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Note You can create dynamic reports in Browse mode in Table View. For more information, see Creating dynamic reports in Table View. • When you create a summary report in Layout mode without using the new Layout/Report assistant, you must define a summary field for each field you want summarized. You then place these summary fields in the subsummary or grand summary layout part.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Only one label prints • Open the Print dialog box to see if you are printing only the current record. Data doesn't print within each label Tip When fixing label printing problems, print the first sheet of your labels on plain paper and hold the printout and the label template sheet together up to a light to see if they are aligned. • Make sure your paper size is set appropriately for the type of printer and labels that you’re using.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • OS X: You can set font smoothing options in the OS X General System Preference. For more information, see OS X Help Center. Report with grouped data and subtotals (subsummary report) doesn't print correctly • See Troubleshooting layouts with summary or subsummary parts. Fields or objects aren’t printing • The objects might have been formatted as nonprinting. In Layout mode, select the object.
Creating and managing layouts and reports A columnar list does not print all the fields Only objects within the margins print. The page boundary is visible in Layout mode (you might need to scroll to the right) as a heavy dotted line. • Choose File menu > Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X), and change the paper orientation to landscape so that more columns of fields will print. In Preview mode, you can also click Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) in the status toolbar.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • Delete the header part (or footer) part if they are not needed. See Deleting layout parts. Troubleshooting layouts designed for both Windows and OS X The following topics describe common problems and solutions when designing layouts for use in both Windows and OS X. Fonts don’t look the same on Windows and OS X systems • Use fonts with identical names and font metrics on both operating systems whenever you can.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Field names and columns don’t align in a columnar layout Check the alignment of the field labels and their associated fields — they should both be aligned in the same direction. If you put a left-aligned label over a column of right-aligned numbers, for example, the report might look fine on your computer. But font substitution could cause field labels to shift when the file is opened on another computer.
Creating and managing layouts and reports • Clear the Perform Without Dialog options for the Print and Print Setup script steps. This allows users to change the print options when they run the script to print. For more information, see Print script step and Print Setup script step. A layout does not print the same in Windows and OS X Printing can vary because the each operating system uses different printer driver software to control printing.
Creating and managing layouts and reports Links, fields, tabbing, and scrolling in a web viewer don’t work • The web viewer is set to prevent interaction. To enable interaction, in Layout mode choose Format menu > Web Viewer Setup. In the Web Viewer Setup dialog box, select the Allow interaction with web viewer content checkbox. • The web viewer is defined as a button.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background You edit a layout by working with the objects on the layout — positioning and arranging them, resizing them, and making other changes to their appearance. You can change the formatting attributes of layout parts and the layout background by, for example, changing their fill settings.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To In Layout mode, do this Select a panel control • With the arrow pointer, click inside the background of the panel control. • Or, drag the arrow pointer around any portion of the panel control boundary.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Opening multiple Inspector windows can make it easier to work on a layout. For example, you can display the Data tab of an Inspector window and the Appearance tab of another Inspector window to have access to the options on each tab. To open the Inspector: • Click Inspector in the layout bar. • Choose View menu > Inspector. • To open another Inspector window, choose View menu > New Inspector.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Note For information about copying, duplicating, and deleting data in your database, see Adding and viewing data. To copy, duplicate, or delete an object: 1. In Layout mode, select the object. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Do one of the following: To Do this Copy (or cut) an object, then paste it onto the same or another layout, or into another database file • Choose Edit menu > Copy (or Cut).
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background in the file that you're copying to. If a matching relationship is found, the pasted portal adopts the relationship's definition. If a match is not found, only the portal characteristics are pasted and the relationship is undefined. • Use the Duplicate command to create a series of equally spaced identical objects. After choosing Edit menu > Duplicate, immediately drag the new object to the position you want (without deselecting it).
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • To more easily move multiple objects, group them first. For details, see Grouping and ungrouping objects. • When you're moving objects, remember that you can also layer, align, and rotate objects to help you achieve the results you want. For more information, see Arranging objects. • You can track the movement of objects on the rulers. To show the rulers, choose View menu > Rulers. For more information, see Using the rulers and grid.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Resize the selected objects to match all widths (or all heights) to the smallest (or largest) object, in one step. Click one of the Resize buttons in the Arrange & Align area of the Position tab of the Inspector. If you don’t see the Inspector, click Inspector in the layout bar. Resize the selected objects, keeping the difference in their lengths or widths the same.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Anchor points are either the layout, tab or slide control, or portal margin in which an object resides. By default, objects are anchored on both the top and left sides of the layout or page. To allow objects to resize or move when the FileMaker Pro window is resized: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more objects on the layout. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Position. 3.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Object’s position and width when window Object’s position in is original size resized window Object alignment and Auto-resize size when window is resized settings Object maintains a constant distance from the center of the layout. Note The object will not display in the exact center of the layout after resizing, unless it was positioned in the center of the layout before resizing.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background made larger. - To increase the height of existing rows, set at least one object inside the portal to autoresize vertically. - To keep row height static and increase the number of rows displayed when the object that contains a portal is enlarged, do not set any objects inside the portal to auto-resize.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Choose To display the object or layout part as specified when Alternate The object identifies an even-numbered record in List View or a portal. Active The object identifies the current record in List View, the selected row in a portal, or the current panel in a panel control. 5. Set style attributes for the display state for the object or part.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Scale the image either always up, always down, or either up or down to fit within its boundaries From the Format list, choose Reduce image to fit, Enlarge image to fit, or Reduce or enlarge image to fit. Set the image’s horizontal and vertical alignment For Alignment, choose horizontal and vertical alignments. Unless you also select Maintain original proportions, the image is distorted to fit the proportions of its boundaries.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To name an object: 1. In Layout mode, select the object or grouped object that you want to name. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Position. 3. In the Position area, type a value for Name. 4. Press Enter or Tab, or click outside the Inspector to apply the changes. Notes • No two objects can have the same name on the same layout.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Choose To format not between Data that does not fall between and does not include the values specified equal to Data that is equal to the values specified not equal to Data that is not equal to the values specified greater than Data that is greater than the values specified less than Data that is less than the values specified greater than or equal to Data that is greater than or equal to the values specified less than or equal to Data
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Edit a condition setting Double-click the condition, change settings, then click OK. Change the order of conditions in the list Windows: Use the double arrow ( ) to drag the condition to a new location. OS X: Drag the condition to a new location. Disable a condition Clear the condition checkbox for the setting. Enable a condition Select the checkbox for the condition. Delete a condition Select the condition, then click Delete.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background conditional format settings are combined. For example, if you set negative numbers to display in red and also set conditional formatting on the same field to display negative numbers in blue with the fill color yellow, the result will be a red number in a yellow field. System formats have no affect on conditional formatting settings.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 3. To change the appearance of the object or the body part when it’s in a particular state (for example, when a button is pressed), choose from the object state drop-down list (near the top of the Appearance tab). See Specifying the display state for an object. 4. In the Graphic area, select the options you want to use. The options you choose affect the appearance of the selected objects and parts in all modes.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To add or change Use this control The transparency of the fill color Opacity slider The Opacity slider is located in the color palette. To fill the layout background with a solid color: 1. In Layout mode, click anywhere in the layout background to select it. Note To select the layout background, ensure no objects or parts are selected. 2. Click Inspector Graphic area. in the layout bar, then click Appearance. Choose options in the 3.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • You can set up a layout background to display the current record or alternating records in a different fill color in List View. See Specifying the display state for an object. • When you fill a layout part with an image, the image is stored in the FileMaker Pro file. The image then appears in every record that uses the layout and “fills” the entire width of the FileMaker Pro window when it is resized.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 5. Set color gradient options: To Do this Specify colors to be blended Click the color stops on the gradient control and select a color from the color palette. Add more colors to the color gradient Click anywhere on the gradient control to add more color stops. Change how sharply or subtly colors blend along the gradient Drag the color stops along the gradient control.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • You can apply a radial setting by copying and pasting the setting from another object or layout part. See Copying formatting attributes between layout objects, parts, or backgrounds • Each theme comes with a set of default styles for objects such as shapes, buttons, lists, and menus. When you create an object or a new part on a layout, the object or part is formatted in the theme’s default style.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Choose To Slice Divide an image into segments that can be used to fill the object, layout part, or the layout background. Using a portion of an image as fill (such as a portion of a company logo): • ensures colors on the layout match the brand • allows you to use color on multiple layouts without substantially increasing the size of the file Note Sliced fills do not display lines or rounded corners, and circles display as square images.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background The options you choose affect the appearance of the selected objects in all modes. 3. To add shadows to the object, in the Advanced Graphic area, select Outer Shadow or Inner Shadow, or both. 4. To change the appearance of shadows (for example, the color or amount of blur), click to the right of Outer Shadow or Inner Shadow, then change the effects you want.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • Each theme comes with a set of default styles for objects such as shapes, buttons, lists, and menus. When you create an object or a new part on a layout, the object or part is formatted in the theme’s default style. • To create a custom color, choose Other Color in a color palette, then click the color to use. • To change the value of the fill color, move the Opacity slider in the color palette.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 5. Choose a fill for the portal row background. To display a different background in alternating portal rows: 1. Double-click the portal to display the Portal Setup dialog box. 2. Select Use alternate row state, then click OK. 3. Click Inspector , then click Appearance. 4. From the object type drop-down list (the first drop-down list in the Appearance tab), choose Portal: Row. 5.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 2. Do one or more of the following. To Do this Change the fill of the front-most tab, the area of a slide control below the slide panels, or objects on a tab panel or slide panel In Layout mode, select the tab control, slide control, or objects you want to change. (See Selecting and working with objects on panel controls.) Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Appearance, and choose a fill in the Graphic area.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Change the fill or the color and style of the border around slide control dots Select the slide control and click Inspector in the layout bar. Click Appearance, then choose Slide Control: Dots in the object type drop-down list (near the top of the Appearance tab). In the Graphic area, choose a fill and choose Line options. Or, choose Line options in the formatting bar.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Showing text or field boundaries Adding shadows and padding to layout objects Formatting popover buttons and popovers You can format the appearance of popover buttons — including the border, fill, and label — and popovers — including the border, title, and content area (the area in which objects are placed). Note Your formatting changes are saved on this layout only.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 3. Choose Popover or Popover: Content from the object type drop-down list (at the top of the Appearance tab), then do one or more of the following. To Do this Change the line style or color of the popover’s border or the border of the popover’s content area Choose line style or color options in the Graphic area. Change the appearance of the popover’s background or the background of the popover’s content area Choose a fill in the Graphic area.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. For Hide object when, click and specify a calculation to determine when the object should be hidden, then click OK. 4. To apply the condition for the object in Find mode, select Apply in Find mode. Note In Layout mode, choose View menu > Show > Hide Condition to identify objects for which a condition has been defined to hide them. Such objects display a badge in Layout mode.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Use the Styles tab in the Inspector to view and apply defined styles. • Use the Appearance tab in the Inspector to create and modify styles and themes. • Use the Change Theme dialog box to apply default and custom themes to layouts in a file. • Use the Manage Themes dialog box to see which themes are in use in a file, and to import themes from other files.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Object display attributes are controlled by how style attributes are saved. See How FileMaker Pro displays formatting attributes.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • The display of format settings is determined by whether you save styles at the layout level or theme level. See How FileMaker Pro displays formatting attributes.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Custom styles are based on the default style of the same type. Any changes that you make to a custom style are added to the default style on which it is based. • If changes you make to the layout background style do not appear on the layout, ensure that the body part is set to transparent. See Setting the fill, line style, and borders for objects, layout parts, and the layout background.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To revert changes to object, layout part, or background styles: 1. In Layout mode, select an object, a part label, or click anywhere in the layout background to select it. See Selecting objects. Note To select the layout background, ensure no objects or parts are selected. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Appearance. 3. For Style, click the red arrow and choose Revert Changes to Style.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Copying formatting attributes between layout objects, parts, or backgrounds You can copy formatting attributes from objects, layout parts, or a layout background and apply formatting to other objects, parts, or backgrounds. Copy local formatting applied at the layout level or custom or default formatting saved in styles or themes.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • If changes you make to the layout background style do not display on the layout, ensure that the body part is set to transparent. See Setting the fill, line style, and borders for objects, layout parts, and the layout background. • For objects that have multiple components, each component has a separate style.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Saving and managing layout themes You can create themes in FileMaker Pro by making changes to layout styles and saving the changes to the theme. You can create a new theme or rename the current theme. You can’t use styles on other layouts until you save styles to a theme.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Choose Save the style changes you made at the theme level Save Changes to Theme. Changes are applied to all layouts in the file that use this theme. (See How FileMaker Pro displays formatting attributes.) Note The default themes that come with FileMaker Pro appear in square brackets ([ ]) in the Manage Themes dialog box.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 2. In the Manage Themes dialog box: To Do this Rename a theme Select a custom theme, click Rename, then type a new name. Tip To rename a predefined theme, duplicate the theme, then rename the copy. Duplicate a theme Select a theme, and click Duplicate. Copy and paste a theme Select a theme and press Ctrl+C (Windows) or Command-C (OS X), then press Ctrl+V (Windows) or Command-V (OS X). Delete a theme Select a theme, then click Delete. 3.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Related topics Renaming a layout theme Saving a layout theme Managing layout themes Formatting and setting up field objects in Layout mode Use FileMaker Pro field formats to control how data appears on a layout. The formats you specify don't change the data as it's stored in the database, and you can specify a different format for each time you place a field on a layout (whether it's on the same layout or a different layout).
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background created in Australia, the database may have different system formats than those currently on your computer. See Opening files with different system formats. • Number and date format settings are applied after conditional formatting settings and are therefore preserved, even if data meets your conditional formatting criteria. However, sometimes number, date, and conditional format settings are combined.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Specifying formats for fields containing numbers You can control how FileMaker Pro displays the values in number fields, calculation fields with numeric results, and summary fields. To specify formats for fields containing numbers: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more fields that display numeric values. See Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. In the Data Formatting area, click Number from the Format list.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To display numbers Do this As a percentage (FileMaker Pro multiplies the value by 100 and displays %) For Format, select Percent. As currency For Format, select Currency. You can choose whether the currency symbol: Except for Notation, all the other options listed for displaying numbers as a decimal number are also available when you select Percent.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Only numbers are displayed and printed in a number field formatted as decimal (except for separators and notations specified in the Inspector). To display text and symbols (for example, @1.98 per pound) in a number field, select As entered. If you use the field in a calculation or summary, only the numeric value is used.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 4. Press Enter or Tab, or click outside the Inspector to apply the changes. Important No matter how you format a date field in Layout mode, whenever you click or tab into the field in Browse mode, FileMaker Pro displays the date with a four-digit year. FileMaker recommends that you always enter dates with four-digit years.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To display times Do this In a predefined format For Format, select a format from the list. Then specify one or more of the following format options: • a different value for Separator (such as a period or a space) or Kanji format if you’re using a font that contains Japanese characters. • 12-hour or 24-hour notation. • Custom prefix or suffix text such as the designations for before noon and after noon.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Timestamp field component Format using Time (excluding the seconds portion) Time area of the Inspector Seconds (including any fractional seconds) Number area of the Inspector To specify formats for timestamp fields: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more timestamp fields. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To specify formats for container fields: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more container fields. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. In the Data Formatting area, click Graphic , then select the formats you want to use. To Do this Display each image at its original size From the Format list, choose Crop to frame.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Related topics About container fields Inserting graphics into container fields Inserting QuickTime movies and multimedia into container fields Inserting files of any type into container fields Working with web viewers on layouts Working with content in interactive containers Adding borders, fill, and baselines to fields To enhance the appearance and usability of your layout, you can add or customize: • the background color or fill of fields • border
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Change the offset position of the text baseline In the Text area, select Baseline offset, and then specify a value in points to move the text baseline up or down. If the current layout is set to show field boundaries in Layout mode, you may not be able to see some of the border effects that you have applied.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Defining value lists If a field uses the same set of text, number, date, or time values for many or all records, you can create a value list that includes those values. Then, format a field to display the values as a pop-up menu, a drop-down list, or as a series of checkboxes or radio buttons. For example, define a value list that contains two values, New and Continuing.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 1. Choose File menu > Manage > Value Lists. In Layout mode, you can also click Manage in the status toolbar, then choose Value Lists. 2. In the Manage Value Lists dialog box, click New. 3. In the Edit Value List dialog box, for Value List Name, type a name. 4. Select Use values from field. 5.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Note When you make your selection, the corresponding value from the first field is stored in the database. 9. If you want to display the values that are in a text field in a specific language’s dictionary sort order, select Re-sort values based on and choose a language. Otherwise, the values are sorted in the index order of the field’s default language. This setting is ignored for other types of fields.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Change the values in a value list or how the values in a dynamic value list are generated In the list of value list names, select the value list, then click Edit. In the Edit Value List dialog box, make changes. Then, click OK. Duplicate a value list In the list of names, select the value list, then click Duplicate. Delete a value list In the list of names, select the value list, then click Delete.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Drop-down list displays value list items in a list. Users can use the arrow keys or “type ahead” to select a value. Select Include arrow to show and hide list if you want to format the field as a combo box. • Pop-up menu displays value list items as a pop-up menu. Users must select an item with the mouse. • Checkbox set displays value list items as checkboxes. Users can select multiple values for a field.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • To allow users to begin typing a value and have the system suggest a completion for it, select Auto-complete using value list. See Setting up a field to auto-complete during data entry. • To change the arrangement of value list items in checkboxes and radio buttons, resize the field. A field that is taller than it is wide displays items stacked vertically. A field that is wider than it is tall displays items side-by-side horizontally.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Choose For FileMaker Go to use Numeric 10-Key Custom 10-key keyboard (calculator-style) Number Keypad iPhone/iPod touch: Standard iOS Number keyboard iPad: Custom Number keyboard that matches the iPhone Number keyboard Number and Punctuation Standard iOS Number and Punctuation keyboard Phone Custom keyboard with symbols commonly used in phone numbers Notes • The default keyboard for existing layout objects is System Default.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Setting up a field to auto-complete during data entry You can set up a field to use auto-complete (type ahead) to help users quickly enter values in Browse mode or Find mode. FileMaker makes suggestions based on what the user has previously entered into the field, or based on values in a value list.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To format a repeating field: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more repeating fields. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. In the Field area, for Show repetitions, enter the range of the repeating values that you want to display. 4. Choose an orientation for displaying the field repetitions from the orientation list.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • Tooltips display in FileMaker Pro, FileMaker Pro Advanced, FileMaker WebDirect, and runtime database solutions. • Tooltips display in Browse and Find modes and in Form View, List View, and Table View. • You can add a tooltip to grouped objects. All objects in the group will display the same tooltip. • All calculation results display as text, including dates, times, and numbers.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Badge Description Layout Script Trigger. This badge displays in the lower-right corner of a layout for which script triggers have been set. In the Manage Layouts dialog box, a badge appears on the folder icon next to a layout name for which script triggers have been set. Choose View menu > Show > Script Triggers. See Setting script triggers for layouts. Quick Find. These badges display in fields in which you can use quick find.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 3. Do one of the following: • To specify another object as the accessibility label, in the Accessibility inspector, for Label, click Click to select, then select another object on the layout. Text from the object that you select second appears as the label in the Accessibility inspector. This text will be spoken when the first object selected is active.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Screen readers cannot access hidden objects. For more information on hidden objects, see Hiding or showing layout objects. • OS X: You can specify keyboard access in the Keyboard System Preference. Controlling data input behavior of fields There are several ways to configure the behavior of fields in order to make data entry easier or more efficient.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this Place a new object in the tab order Click the arrow beside the object. The next number in the tab order appears in the arrow. Leave this, or backspace to delete the number and type the number you want. When you click another arrow, or after you click OK in the Set Tab Order dialog box, the number you replaced is incremented, and any objects after it in the tab order are automatically resequenced.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To set the repeating field tab order to Do this Tab through the first repetition of each different repeating field, followed by the second repetition of each different repeating field, and so on. Click in the upper-left field, which causes the arrow to blink. Then, in order, click each additional field in the first repetition.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To customize entry into a field: 1. In Layout mode, select one or more fields. For more information, see Selecting objects. Or you can specify attributes for fields you add later by starting with no fields selected. 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. In the Behavior area, for Field entry, select the following options: To Do this Prevent entry into a field in Browse mode Clear Browse Mode.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 3. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 4. In the Behavior area, select Include field for Quick Find. Tips • To improve search performance, limit the search to only the fields that contain the data you are searching for. For example, a table for songs might include the track number and artist name for each song.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 2. Click Inspector in the layout bar, then click Data. 3. In the Behavior area, for Go to next object using, select the keys you want to use for exiting fields. Note When the Tab key is set to go to the next field, you can still enter a tab character into a field by pressing Ctrl+Tab (Windows) or Option-Tab (OS X).
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Choose Available on To Japanese (Active Input Mode) Windows Set an input method for a field containing Japanese text. OS X Set the input method to the last-used Roman input method. Japanese (Direct Input) Hiragana Full-width Katakana Full-width Alphanumeric Half-width Katakana Half-width Alphanumeric Roman Tip There is a FileMaker Pro application preference to set Synchronize with field’s font for all fields in all files that you open.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Layout mode, and a contrasting format for field data in Browse mode. Here is how FileMaker Pro resolves text formatting conflicts: • When you format a field in Layout mode, the formatting affects only the appearance of that particular occurrence of the field object. • When you format field data in Browse mode, this formatting is stored with the data, and you see it in any layout that displays that field.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To select Do this Text in a field in Browse mode In Browse mode, select the text in the field. Note The formatting you specify will be stored with the data, and you will see it in any layout that displays the field. For more information, see Formatting text. Field objects in Layout mode In Layout mode, select one or more fields. For more information, see Selecting objects.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Specifying paragraph attributes and tab settings In Browse mode, you can format individual paragraphs (including setting tabs) for text in a field. In Layout mode, you can specify paragraph attributes for fields that hold text and for text that's not in a field. Note In both Browse mode and Layout mode, you can use the Format menu to set paragraph and tab settings.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background In Browse mode, choose View menu > Ruler. In Layout mode, choose View menu > Rulers. 2. In Browse mode, select a field. In Layout mode, create text or select existing text. In the horizontal ruler, you see the paragraph settings for the current selection. In Browse mode, you see the current field’s settings. In Layout mode, you see the settings of the selected text. Sets the firstline indent Sets the right margin Sets the left margin 3.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Rotate both the characters and the field or text object. In this case, each character is rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise and the text object or field object is also rotated 90 degrees clockwise so that characters display on screen in vertical format, with characters displaying top-to-bottom in vertical columns.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background In Preview mode, you can also click Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) in the status toolbar. • When you select text in a rotated field in Browse mode or in a rotated text object in Layout mode, the text temporarily displays unrotated while you’re editing the text. • If necessary, you can also rotate graphics to match vertical text. For more information, see Rotating objects.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To group objects: 1. In Layout mode, select the objects you want to group. For more information, see Selecting objects. 2. Click Inspector 3. Click Group in the layout bar, then click Position. in the Arrange & Align area. To ungroup a grouped object: • Select the group, then click Ungroup in the Arrange & Align area. Notes • When you ungroup a group that contains other groups, the subgroups stay grouped.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background 3. Click one of the following buttons in the Arrange & Align area. To move the object Click In front of all objects Bring to front One layer forward Bring forward Behind all other objects Send to back One layer back Send backward Note Objects located in tab controls, slide controls, popovers, or portals maintain a stacking order within the tab control, slide control, or portal.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background When you align objects along their tops, bottoms, or sides, the objects align with the object farthest out of alignment. When you align center points, the objects align along an invisible vertical or horizontal line in the center of the objects. When you distribute the space between objects, FileMaker Pro takes the space separating the two objects farthest apart and divides it evenly among all the selected objects. To align objects: 1.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Using tools to precisely position objects Several tools are available to help you precisely size, reshape, and position objects in Layout mode: the Inspector, rulers, grid, guides and dynamic guides, and screen stencils. Related topics Selecting and working with objects on a layout Arranging objects Using the Inspector to position objects Use the Inspector to precisely position and size objects on a layout.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background • Rulers: Showing the rulers displays a horizontal and vertical ruler along the edge of a layout. Guide lines on each ruler track the position of the pointer as you move the pointer on the layout. • Grid: Showing the grid displays a series of nonprinting intersecting horizontal and vertical lines on a layout, which you can use for creating, resizing, positioning, and aligning objects. Gridlines adjust when you change the unit of measure.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To Do this in Layout mode Change the distance between gridlines In the Inspector, click the Position tab. In the Grid area, enter values for Major Grid Spacing and Minor Grid Steps. See the default settings in the table below. The following table shows the default major units and minor steps for the selected unit of measure (inches, centimeters, or points).
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background To In Layout mode, do this Create a vertical guide Drag out from the vertical ruler. (If the ruler isn’t displayed, select View menu > Rulers.) Create a horizontal guide Drag down from the horizontal ruler. (If the ruler isn’t displayed, select View menu > Rulers.) Move a guide Drag the guide to the new position. If a guide is locked, you must unlock it before you can move it.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Notes • Dynamic guides also appear when you use the keyboard arrow keys to move objects. When you move objects in this manner, however, dynamic guides do not “snap-to” other objects. • When you drag or resize an object that’s on a popover, dynamic guides appear only for the popover and other objects on the popover. When you drag or resize an object outside a popover, dynamic guides appear only for the popover and objects outside the popover.
Editing objects, layout parts, and the layout background Showing text or field boundaries You can show boundaries for text objects and field objects in Layout mode. Boundaries help you easily identify, position, and align these objects while you’re designing a layout.
Working with related tables and files Working with related tables and files FileMaker Pro uses related tables as the basis for relational databases and lookups. Relational databases allow you to work with data from other tables dynamically, so that you can change data in one place and your changes are reflected in all places where the related data appears. Use relational databases to: • See and work with data from another (or the current) table in its most up-to-date state.
Working with related tables and files • Define a lookup to copy data from a related table into a field in the target table. The copied data is now stored in two places, just as if it were copied and pasted into a target field. Looked-up data is current at the time it is copied, but once copied it remains static unless it is relookedup or the lookup is triggered again.
Working with related tables and files • You can add pairs of match fields to a relationship as necessary until you are able to establish the relational criteria you want. • Because a sort order can be assigned to a portal, you can display data from a single relationship in multiple portals on the same page, and use a different sort order for each portal. • Before you begin building a relational database, it’s a good idea to plan it on paper first. See About planning a database.
Working with related tables and files the match field, a record in the Customers table can display a portal showing each invoice with a matching Customer ID, and in the Invoices table each invoice with the same Customer ID can display consistent customer data.
Working with related tables and files About the types of relationships When you join two tables using a relationship, you establish criteria that FileMaker Pro uses to display or access related records. Your criteria can be simple, such as matching a field in TableA with a field in TableB. A more complex relationship definition will usually return a narrower set of related records.
Working with related tables and files Table Contacts Field name Comment Country Text field Phone Number Text field Phone Type Text field Email Address Text field Email Type Text field Customer ID Number field; this will be the match field in the Contacts table The Customer ID field is the match field in the relationship between the two tables. In the Customers table, the Customer ID field is set to auto-enter a serial number, giving each record in the Customers table a unique ID number.
Working with related tables and files About multi-criteria relationships In a multi-criteria relationship, you increase the number of match fields, which increases the criteria that FileMaker Pro evaluates before successfully joining related records. In a multi-criteria relationship, FileMaker Pro compares the values from each match field on each side of the relationship in the order in which the fields appear.
Working with related tables and files The tables are related as follows: Customer ID and Event Date are the match fields in the relationship between the Customers and Catering Line Items tables. In the Customers table, the Customer ID field is set to auto-enter a serial number, giving each record in the Customers table a unique ID number. The Event Date field is a date field with no additional options.
Working with related tables and files About relationships using comparative operators In a comparative relationship, you use one or more of the following operators to compare match field values in the two related tables. The relationship returns related records when the comparison evaluates successfully, according to the criteria you establish.
Working with related tables and files For example, from within TableE you would like to view all the records in TableF that have DateFieldF values that are greater than StartingDateE and less than EndingDateE. In the relationships graph, the used in this relationship.
Working with related tables and files About relationships using comparative operators About self-joining relationships About self-joining relationships A self-join is a relationship in which both match fields are defined in the same table. Define a selfjoin to create relationships between records in the same table. Use a self-join in a portal on a layout of the current table to display a subset of data that's in the current table, such as all the employees of each manager.
Working with related tables and files Relationships graph buttons Click To Add a table to the relationships graph Create a relationship Duplicate selected tables (and relationships) and selected notes Edit an existing relationship, table occurrence, or text note in the relationships graph Delete a relationship, or table occurrence, or text note in the relationships graph Align the left edges, centers, or right edges of the selected objects Align the top edges, centers, or bottom edges of the selected obje
Working with related tables and files Click To Add a text note to the relationships graph Choose the magnification cursor Choose the view reduction cursor Adjust the magnification of the relationships graph to view all tables Select related tables 1-away or select tables with the same source table 100% Manually reduce or increase the view of the relationships graph, up to 400% Show page breaks Show the Print Setup (Windows) or Page Setup (OS X) dialog box Other relationships graph elements Element Act
Working with related tables and files Editing ODBC data sources Creating relationships You create relationships between fields in tables to see and work with another table’s data. After you have created a relationship, you can add or change match fields, change relational operators, and set options for creating, deleting, and sorting related records. See Changing relationships. To create a relationship: 1. Open the relationships graph for the database. See Working with the relationships graph. 2.
Working with related tables and files 3. Edit match fields for the relationship. To Do this Change a match field Select a new match field and click Change. Add a match field Select a new match field and click Add. Change the relational operator Select a new relational operator from the list and click Change. Duplicate a pair of join criteria Select the paired criteria from the list in the middle part of the dialog box and click Duplicate.
Working with related tables and files • Because relationships are bi-directional, the tables that appear in the left and right side of the Edit Relationship dialog box have equal capabilities. • When displaying related records in a portal, the Sort Portal Records sort order takes precedence over the sort order specified in the Edit Relationship dialog box.
Working with related tables and files About match fields for relationships Creating relationships Changing relationships Defining database tables Selecting related tables in the relationships graph You can identify tables that have relationships to one or more tables. You can select a table and highlight its source table, or tables that have a 1-away relationship to it. To identify related tables: 1. Open the relationships graph for the database. See Working with the relationships graph 2.
Working with related tables and files • You can also duplicate text notes. Related topics About relationships About the relationships graph Moving tables or notes in the relationships graph You can move tables or notes in the relationships graph to organize your view of related tables and notes. To move tables or notes: 1. Open the relationships graph for the database. See Working with the relationships graph. 2. In the relationships graph, pause the pointer over a table heading or anywhere on a note.
Working with related tables and files 4. Choose an option.
Working with related tables and files Related topics About relationships About the relationships graph Adding text notes to the relationships graph You can add a text note to the relationships graph. You can edit, format, resize, align, duplicate, and delete text notes. To add a text note to the relationships graph: 1. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 2. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Relationships tab. 3. Click . 4.
Working with related tables and files To summarize data in portals: 1. Create a summary field in the table that related records are being displayed from. (This is the table displayed in the Portal Setup dialog box.) See Defining summary fields. Tip For a more complex summary of your data, use a calculation field to define a formula. See Defining calculation fields. 2. Place the summary field on the layout containing your portal.
Working with related tables and files To establish a connection between tables for a lookup, you create a relationship. Then you define a lookup to copy data from a field in the related table into a field in the current table. When you type or change a value in the match field of the current table, FileMaker Pro uses the relationship to access the first record in the related table whose match field contains a matching value.
Working with related tables and files See Creating relationships. 2. With the database open, choose File menu > Manage > Database. 3. In the Manage Database dialog box, click the Fields tab. 4. If your database contains more than one table, select the appropriate table from the Table list. 5. Select an existing text, number, date, time, timestamp, or container field from the list of existing fields, or define a new field. 6. Click Options (or double-click the field name). 7.
Working with related tables and files Important When a lookup is based on a multi-criteria relationship, a lookup will be triggered each time a value is entered into any of the fields that are involved in the multi-criteria relationship. The lookup is being performed each time a value is entered into one of the required fields. When all of the requisite fields have values, the final lookup value will be copied into the lookup target field.
Creating charts from data Creating charts from data There are two ways to create charts in FileMaker Pro: • You can create a quick chart in Browse mode. When you start this way, FileMaker Pro sets up the chart for you based on the current state of the database. You can use the Chart Setup dialog box to modify a quick chart. You can print the chart or save it on a new layout, if you have the correct privileges. See Creating quick charts. • You can use the Chart tool in Layout mode to create a chart.
Creating charts from data Use a Stacked column or stacked bar chart Positive/negative column chart To Compare parts to the whole. Each column or bar in the chart compares multiple data points within a category. Use a stacked bar chart to compare the annual sales figures for products over several years. Each segment of each bar compares specific product sales, each bar shows total product sales per year, and the entire chart compares total sales for all years.
Creating charts from data Chart planning guidelines • Creating a quick chart doesn’t require much planning. FileMaker Pro sets up the chart for you based on the current state of the file. You can adjust settings, if needed, to make your comparison clear. You can print a quick chart, save it on a new layout (if you have the correct privileges), or you can copy and paste a quick chart into another application. See Creating quick charts.
Creating charts from data • field type and contents of the selected fields • sort order you have specified Note The active field is the field you right-click when you create a quick chart. If you have the correct privileges, you can save the chart on a layout in your database. Quick charts work best for column, bar, pie, line, and area charts, which have a single data series on one axis and one or more data series on the other axis. To create a quick chart: 1.
Creating charts from data You can change settings in the Chart inspector on the right to modify the chart. The preview helps you work efficiently in the Chart Setup dialog box. See Using the chart preview. Note FileMaker Pro charts records in the Found Set by default. To change the source of the data that you are charting, click Data Source in the Chart inspector and for Chart Data choose Current Record (delimited data) or Related Records.
Creating charts from data To Click or select Access the chart later via the Layout pop-up menu Include in layout menus If you leave Include in layout menus selected, you can use Layouts menu > Go To Layout or the Manage Layouts dialog box to display the chart in layout mode. See Managing layouts. Note If FileMaker Pro needs to create a summary field for the chart, the summary field is added to the current table when you save the chart on a layout.
Creating charts from data To Do this Change data labels, show or hide tick marks and set tick mark scale (if applicable), and format data See Formatting and scaling chart axes. Change the color scheme, legend, or fonts in the chart Click Styles in the Chart inspector, then see Changing the look of a chart. Specify the type of data the chart uses (records in the found set, delimited records, or related records) Click Data Source in the Chart inspector, then see Specifying the data source for a chart.
Creating charts from data Total Sales by Country 200000 200000 100000 100000 0 0 Japan UK USA You can also chart summary data by subcategory (for example, total sales by company within one country).
Creating charts from data For X-Axis (Horizontal) Data Do this Click to specify a data series for the x-axis. This is the data you are comparing (for example, company name). 4. If you’re creating a quick chart and it contains summary data, you can click the Summary menu in the Chart inspector and select a different summary type. See Summary types for charts. 5.
Creating charts from data Pie charts To get started creating a chart, see Creating quick charts for Creating and editing charts in Layout mode. To set up a pie chart: 1. Find the records you want to chart. See Making a find request. If you are charting delimited data stored in a single record or data from related records, you must specify data source settings. See Specifying the data source for a chart. 2. In the Chart Setup dialog box, for Type choose Pie. 3.
Creating charts from data To Do this Specify a custom decimal or For Decimal, enter a character or select Use thousands thousands separator character separator and enter a character. Include a decimal or currency notation character For Notation, choose a position for the notation and enter a custom character. 8. To change the color scheme, legend appearance, or font style, click Style in the Chart inspector. See Changing the look of a chart. 9.
Creating charts from data For Do this Symbol (Scatter charts only) Choose a symbol to mark each data point in the chart, or choose None to hide symbols. Symbol color is determined by the color scheme setting in the Styles area of the Chart inspector. See Changing the look of a chart. 4. If you’re creating a quick chart and it contains summary data, you can click the Summary menu in the Chart inspector and select a different summary type. See Summary types for charts. 5.
Creating charts from data 5. To set display options for axes labels, click X-Axis, Y-Axis, or Radius (bubble chart only) and do the following: To Do this Change the angle of data point labels For Label Angle, enter a value between 0 (zero) and 90 or click or drag the angle control Set the scale for tick marks . For Scale, choose one of the following: • Select Linear to measure data that changes arithmetically (for example, sales growth or decline).
Creating charts from data Creating and editing charts in Layout mode Column, bar, line, and area charts Scatter and bubble charts Specifying the data source for a chart You can chart data from the current found set, the current record, or from related records. To chart the records currently being browsed: 1. In the Data Source area of the Chart inspector, choose Current Found Set. The sort order is displayed in the Data Source area of the Chart inspector. 2.
Creating charts from data For Do this Chart Style Choose a style for data points. Color Scheme Choose a coordinated color theme for data points. If you choose Single color, choose a color for all data series in the chart. Positive/Negative charts: You can choose a color for the positive data points and another color for the negative data points. You can’t choose a specific color for each data point in a chart.
Creating charts from data Placing your chart in the appropriate layout part Data in charts created in Layout mode is evaluated based on the layout part in which the chart is located. When you use a calculation to specify a chart title, the title is calculated based on the chart’s layout part. Note You cannot place a chart in a portal.
Creating charts from data When data is based on the current record (delimited values) When you place a chart in a FileMaker Pro charts data in Header, footer, or body layout part Current record Leading subsummary layout part First record in the sorted group Trailing subsummary layout part Last record in the sorted group Leading grand summary layout part First record in the found set Trailing grand summary layout part Last record in the found set When data is based on related records When you pl
Creating charts from data Changing a layout part Charting tips, tricks, and troubleshooting Chart doesn’t look as expected • Verify that data is sorted in the current layout and unwanted records are omitted from the found set before creating a chart. • Are you comparing individual data points (the price of each product in a category) or summarized data points (the sum of all products in a category)? • Individual data points must be numeric so they can be plotted directly on the chart.
Creating charts from data • When you chart delimited data in the current record, a calculated y-axis data series (slice data in pie charts) must return the result in a text field. I received a parsing error when charting delimited data When you chart delimited data, you must enter numerical data, dates, and times in the format of the current locale. Otherwise, FileMaker Pro displays an error.
Creating charts from data The file opens in Browse mode in Table View. FileMaker Pro creates the first table and layout for you. Both have the same name as the file. Define and format the fields 1. In the first table row, click Create Field and type Country. 2. Click + in the column and type Customer Count. 3. Click View As Layout mode. in the layout bar to go to Form View, then click Edit Layout to switch to 4. Select the Customer Count field and field label and drag them down about an inch. 5.
Creating charts from data For Do this Title Type Customers by Country. Type Choose Column. X-Axis (Horizontal) For Title, type Countries. For Data, click , choose Specify Field Name, choose Country in the list, then click OK. Data values from the Country field appear below the chart. They will be labels for the columns in your chart (x-series). This is the data you are comparing. Y-Axis (Vertical) For Title, type Number of Customers.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Creating scripts to automate tasks Scripts can do simple tasks like setting print orientation or complex tasks like preparing a customized mailing to each client. For example, you could define a complex set of tasks that creates a thank you letter to clients in your Clients database who have made purchases in the last week. The script composes a letter tailored to each client.
Creating scripts to automate tasks • Which window do you want to use? A script is initially attached to a specific window, which may be in the background. The script remains on that window until a scripted action switches to another window. For example, use the Select Window script step to specify a different window. If the specified window is not available, the script switches to the foreground window of the file.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Once you've considered these questions, you're ready to manage scripts in your database. See Creating and editing scripts. Creating and editing scripts After you have planned your scripts, you are ready to create, edit, and manage them. To create a script: 1. Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. Or, choose File menu > Manage > Scripts. 2. In the Manage Scripts dialog box, click New. You can also choose Empty Script or Default Script from the New list.
Creating scripts to automate tasks To Do this See which script steps are not supported in FileMaker Server schedules, FileMaker Go, FileMaker WebDirect, or Custom Web Publishing Choose an option from the Show Compatibility list: • All displays all script steps. • Macintosh displays all script steps supported in FileMaker Pro for OS X. • Windows displays all script steps supported in FileMaker Pro for Windows. • Server dims script steps that are not supported in a FileMaker Server schedule.
Creating scripts to automate tasks • Add comments to your scripts with the Comment script step. Using comments in your script helps others who might want to look at or modify it. • To build scripts quickly, duplicate (or copy and paste) an existing script that does something similar to what you want to do and modify the copy. To create a duplicate script with the same name as the original, select it in the list and press Shift+Duplicate in the Edit Script window.
Creating scripts to automate tasks • If you are using FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can disable script steps for testing. To disable a script step, select it, then click Disable. To enable a script step, select it, then click Enable. Disabled script steps are preceded by “//”. See Disabling script steps (FileMaker Pro Advanced).
Creating scripts to automate tasks To Do this Move a script into a folder Expand the folder you want (see above). Use the double arrow to the left of the script to drag it under the expanded folder. If the script is at the end of the folder list, use the four-pointed arrow to indent the script under the folder name. The script appears in the selected folder’s submenu in the Scripts menu. Delete a folder Select the folder to delete, and click Delete.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Saving a script To Do this Save a new or edited script With the Edit Script window open to the script you want to save, do one of the following: • Close the Edit Script window, then click Save. • Windows: Choose File menu > Save Script in the Edit Script window. • OS X: Choose Scripts menu > Save Script in the FileMaker Pro menu bar. Save all open scripts • Windows: Choose File menu > Save All Scripts in the Edit Script window.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Copying and pasting scripts Copying and pasting scripts You can copy entire scripts, script folders, or script steps from one file and paste them into the same file or some other file. 1. Do one of the following: To copy a Do this Script or folder Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. Or, choose File menu > Manage > Scripts. Script step Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. Then, select the script from the list and click Edit to open the Edit Script window. 2.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Running scripts on FileMaker Server FileMaker Server administrators can create scheduled tasks to run two types of scripts: • system-level scripts (for example, Windows batch files) • FileMaker Pro scripts in databases hosted by FileMaker Server These scripts can run in sequences. To see whether a script step is compatible with FileMaker Server: 1. In FileMaker Pro, choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. 2.
Creating scripts to automate tasks 3. In the Manage Scripts dialog box, click . 4. Open the file that contains the script(s) you want to import. 5. In the Import Scripts dialog box, select the script(s) you want to import. If one or more of the scripts you’re importing refer to other scripts, make sure you select and import all the referenced scripts at the same time. For more information, see the Notes below. 6. Click OK. The Import Summary dialog box appears. 7.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Scripting with ActiveX Automation (Windows) Many Windows applications use the ActiveX Automation protocol to expose their object models for external control. ActiveX Automation support in FileMaker Pro allows you to open and close FileMaker Pro database files, toggle the application’s visibility, and run FileMaker Pro scripts. FileMaker Pro is an automation server.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Declaring FileMaker Pro as the Application object Declare the FileMaker Pro as the Application object each time you create an ActiveX Automation script or application to control FileMaker Pro. This can be done with a single line of code at the top of your Automation document, where it appears with your other definitions. For example: Dim FMProApp As FMPro70Lib.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Reference counts and releasing an object When an automation object is referenced, a reference count increments to let FileMaker know that a process is using that object. In Visual Basic, an object is reference counted every time you set the declared variable to a FileMaker object, for example: ' just a declaration - no references yet Dim FMDocs as FMPro70Lib.Documents ' this line causes a reference of FileMaker's "Documents" object Set FMDocs = FMApp.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Application Access to the FileMaker Pro application. Properties Note All properties are read-only except "Visible." Application: Returns a pointer to this object, which is the root object of the object hierarchy. Parent: Returns a pointer to this object. FullName: Returns the name of the application, including the path. Name( ): Returns the name of the application - "FileMaker Pro." Caption: Returns the window title for the frame window.
Creating scripts to automate tasks • An index (long integer) into the Documents collection. • NULL (which returns the entire collection). Methods Open(filename As String, accountName As String, password As String): Opens a specific FileMaker Pro file, creates a Document object, and returns a pointer to the Document object. Close( ): Closes all documents in the collection and removes them from this collection. The Document Close statement produces a hard close of the document.
Creating scripts to automate tasks ' Sample code for accessing FileMaker Pro ' in Visual Basic. ' ' "FileMaker Pro 7.0 Type Library" must be checked ' and available in Visual Basic's Project/References. '---------------------------------------------- '---------------------------------------------' Declaring Objects and Launching FileMaker '---------------------------------------------- ' Declare object variables Dim FMApp As FMPro70Lib.Application Dim FMDocs As FMPro70Lib.
Creating scripts to automate tasks ' Note: A FileMaker file "c:\testing.fmp12" must be available ' with a script called "First Script" in order for the following ' to work. Dim myOpenFile As Object FMPro70Lib.Document ' note: can also be declared As Set myOpenFile = FMDocs.Open("c:\testing.fmp12", "","") myOpenFile.DoFMScript ("First Script") '-------------------------------------------------' Querying the active document '-------------------------------------------------- Set FMActiveDoc = FMDocs.
Creating scripts to automate tasks ' (Note: always set the application variable to Nothing after quitting.) FMApp.Quit Set FMApp = Nothing End Sub Related topics Using FileMaker Pro ActiveX Automation (Windows) ActiveX Automation objects, methods, and properties (Windows) Scripting with Apple events (OS X) Apple events let you automate, customize, and control many OS X applications. FileMaker Pro can send Apple events to applications that support them.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Apple events error: "Create failed. Invalid data was supplied" (-17007) Apple events error: "Apple event timed out" (-1712) This error can happen when an event takes an unusually long time to complete. If an event takes longer than two minutes, the Apple Event Manager reports a time-out error.
Creating scripts to automate tasks 2. Verify that the object exists. In some cases you have specified the object correctly and the "Object not found" error means that the object does not exist. For instance, if you are specifying a field on a layout check to see that the field exists and that it is on that layout. Also, when you use a Show command to find records and no records are found, the result will be "Object not found.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Apple events error: "Event failed. User canceled the event processing" (-17006) This error occurs when a Print from Finder event is canceled by the user. Apple events error: "Create failed. Invalid data was supplied" (17007) This error occurs if the user tries to create records with initial data that fails validation or access privileges checks. As a result of this failure, the new record will be deleted.
Creating scripts to automate tasks could define a button that performs a more complex script that finds, sorts, and prints records, or one that transfers information from one FileMaker Pro file to another. In Browse mode or in Find mode, you can click a button to perform its command or script. You can also include buttons in a layout’s tab order, which allows you to tab to a button and “click” it by pressing the Space bar. See Setting the tab order for data entry.
Creating scripts to automate tasks 6. If you created a new button, type a label for the button at the insertion point. 7. To change appearance of the button, see Setting the fill, line style, and borders for objects, layout parts, and the layout background. 8. Click OK. 9. Switch to Browse mode or Find mode to use the button. Notes • To see buttons on a layout, choose View menu > Show > Buttons.
Creating scripts to automate tasks 4. Choose Edit menu > Paste. Notes • To change button text, use the Text tool in the status toolbar. • To see a button definition, switch to Layout mode and double-click the button. The current definition is selected in the Button Setup dialog box. Changing a button definition To change a button definition: 1. In Layout mode, select the button you want to change. 2. Choose Format menu > Button Setup, or double-click the button. 3.
Creating scripts to automate tasks 4. Close the Edit Script window, then close the Manage Scripts dialog box. If structure examples If, Else If, Else, and End If script steps define a structure that controls whether or not script steps are performed. This control depends upon the result of a testable condition or Boolean calculation. • When the calculation result is any number except zero, the condition evaluates to True, and subsequent script steps are performed.
Creating scripts to automate tasks Set Field [Customers::Day Contact; Customers::Work Phone] Go to Record/Request/Page [Next; Exit after last] End Loop Example 2 Loops through records to export files that are in container fields. Exits the loop if a record has an empty Container field.
Creating scripts to automate tasks When you specify a parameter, you can access it within a script or pass it to other scripts using the Get(ScriptParameter) function. Complex parameters, such as a list of names or other values, can also be used. Complex parameters that are separated by carriage returns can be parsed using the LeftValues function, MiddleValues function, and RightValues function.
Protecting databases Protecting databases You can restrict what users can see and do in a database file by defining accounts and privilege sets.
Protecting databases Privileges protect a single file The privileges that you set up apply to a single file only and all tables within that file. If your database solution consists of multiple files that you want to protect, you may want to combine all of these files into one multi-table file. Then you can define privileges in only a single file to manage access to the entire database solution.
Protecting databases You can create as many privilege sets as you need to define the types of access you want to permit to a file. Each database file contains three predefined privilege sets for common types of access levels. See Using the predefined privilege sets and Creating and managing privilege sets.
Protecting databases Notes • FileMaker Pro no longer supports the fmiwp extended privilege. However, opening database files created in FileMaker Pro 12 or earlier that use the fmiwp extended privilege does not remove the extended privilege from the privilege sets it is assigned to. • Shared accounts are a security risk. For better security, use individual accounts instead of shared accounts.
Protecting databases You cannot change or delete these predefined privilege sets, except to enable or disable extended privileges for them. You can either use them as is, or duplicate them and then modify the duplicate copies. The following table summarizes the properties of these privilege sets.
Protecting databases • If you need to share a database file with others and provide varying levels of file access to different users, you need to plan the security for the file. Follow the steps below to plan the security you need for the shared file. You can additionally protect a file by requiring authorization of any file that attempts to access its tables, layouts, value lists, and scripts. See Authorizing access to files. To plan the security for a shared file: 1.
Protecting databases • Protect the physical security of the computers, hard drives, and backup storage media where the database files reside. Notes • Shared accounts are a security risk. For better security, use individual accounts instead of shared accounts. If you intend to use shared accounts anyway, make sure you limit the access capabilities of the privilege sets that shared accounts use. Change the password occasionally, particularly when certain users no longer require access.
Protecting databases To create and manage accounts for a file, you need to open the file with an account that is assigned the Full Access privilege set, which is the only privilege set that permits making account changes to a file. If you open the file with any other privilege set, the File menu > Manage > Security command is disabled. You can create and modify accounts in a shared file while clients are using it. The account changes you make take effect immediately.
Protecting databases To order the accounts list Choose In the order that FileMaker Server searches View by > authentication order. through the accounts list for a valid account. To change the authentication order of accounts: 1. Follow the steps above to display the accounts for a file. 2. Choose View by > authentication order. 3. Drag each account by its arrow icon into the order you want. 4. Click OK.
Protecting databases because one user could change the password and lock out all other users who share the account. See Editing other privileges. 6. For Account Status, choose whether you want the account to be active or inactive. For example, you may want to keep the account inactive until you finish setting up its privilege set or temporarily make an account inactive. Users cannot open a database using an inactive account name and password. 7.
Protecting databases 2. Select the account you want to edit and click Edit. 3. In the Edit Account dialog box, change one or more of the options described in the following table. To Do this Change how the account is managed Choose an option from the Account is authenticated via list. Change the account name Enter a new account name in the Account Name box. Change the password Enter a new password in the Password box.
Protecting databases account, you may want to make sure the Caps Lock key on your keyboard is not inadvertently enabled. • Account names are not case-sensitive. For example, if you specify an account name as Chris, the account user can successfully open the file by entering chris or CHRIS as the account name. • Shared accounts are a security risk. For better security, use individual accounts instead of shared accounts.
Protecting databases • You cannot delete the Guest account. If you do not want to permit Guest access to a file, make the Guest account inactive. See Editing existing accounts.
Protecting databases Notes • You’ll need to set additional options in FileMaker Server to authenticate users against an external server. For more information, see the FileMaker Server documentation. • It’s possible for a file with External Server accounts to contain multiple accounts that could authenticate a user. For example, a file could contain: • Both a FileMaker-authenticated account and an account on the authentication server with the same name.
Protecting databases • Do not share account information with other users; always contact the owner or administrator of a database to obtain the correct password to be used. Creating and managing privilege sets Privilege sets specify levels of access to a database, such as which layouts are viewable, which menus are available, and whether printing is permitted. See About accounts, privilege sets, and extended privileges.
Protecting databases Creating new privilege sets You can create as many privilege sets as you need to define the types of access you want to permit to a file. Then you can assign each privilege set to one or more accounts. To create a new privilege set: 1. Choose File menu > Manage > Security. The Manage Security dialog box appears. It initially shows the Accounts tab, which lists the accounts defined for this file. 2. Click the Privilege Sets tab. 3. Click New. The Edit Privilege Set dialog box appears.
Protecting databases • Editing layouts privileges • Editing value list privileges • Editing scripts privileges • Editing extended privileges for a privilege set • Editing other privileges Note If nearly all the options in the Edit Privilege Set dialog box are dimmed, remember that you cannot change or delete the predefined privilege sets — Full Access, Data Entry Only, and Read-Only Access — except to enable or disable extended privileges for them.
Protecting databases • To continue working with accounts and privileges, see Creating and managing accounts, Creating and managing privilege sets, or Managing extended privileges. Editing record access privileges Privilege sets can limit access to records in a file. For a file, you can set: • Privileges for all tables: you can limit whether a privilege set allows creating, editing, and deleting records in all the tables in a file.
Protecting databases • To select one table, click its name. • To select multiple tables, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) each name. • To select a range of adjacent tables, click the first name, and then Shift-click the last name in the range. • To select all tables, click Select All. 4.
Protecting databases • Editing extended privileges for a privilege set • Editing other privileges 11. When you’ve finished editing this privilege set, click OK. 12. In the Manage Security dialog box, do one of the following: • If you’ve finished working with accounts and privileges, click OK. In the dialog box that appears, enter an account name and password that is assigned the Full Access privilege set, and click OK.
Protecting databases Feature Effect of limiting data access Summary fields and calculated fields The results displayed in summary fields as well as calculated fields which summarize over multiple records will exclude data from records for which view privileges have been prohibited. Find/Replace, A user can only change data using these features in: Replace Contents, • records that have edit privileges. and spelling checking • fields that are modifiable.
Protecting databases would no longer be able to view, edit, or delete the record once he or she exits that record. Because changes are committed as soon as a user exits a record, a user making changes of this type will not be able to return to the record. (In most cases, you should base record access calculations on fields that are not directly editable by users, such as auto-entered fields that contain account names, creation dates, and modification dates.
Protecting databases Privilege All modifiable All view only All no access Viewing all layouts Allowed Allowed Prohibited Duplicating and deleting all layouts Allowed Prohibited Prohibited Creating new layouts Allowed Prohibited Prohibited Entering Layout mode in order to make design changes Allowed Prohibited Prohibited 3. To set individual privileges for each layout in the file, for Layouts, choose Custom privileges.
Protecting databases • Editing scripts privileges • Editing extended privileges for a privilege set • Editing other privileges 5. When you’ve finished editing this privilege set, click OK. You see the Manage Security dialog box. 6. Do one of the following: • If you’ve finished working with accounts and privileges, click OK. • To assign the privilege set to one or more accounts, see Creating accounts or Editing existing accounts.
Protecting databases • All no access prohibits seeing the items in all value lists. Prohibits accessing value list names in the Sort dialog box and other dialog boxes that display value list names. Prohibits opening the Manage Value Lists dialog box in order to create or edit value lists. 3. To set individual privileges for each value list in the file, for Value Lists, choose Custom privileges.
Protecting databases list items (or both). See Setting up a field to display a pop-up menu, checkbox set, or other control. • You can select multiple value lists in the Custom Value List Privileges dialog box in order to set privileges for multiple value lists at once: • To select multiple value lists, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) each value list name. • To select a range of adjacent value lists, click the first value list, and then Shift-click the last value list in the range.
Protecting databases All All All no modifiable executable only access Privilege Viewing script steps in the FileMaker Pro Advanced Script Debugger and Database Design Report Allowed Prohibited Prohibited 3. To set individual privileges for each script in the file, for Scripts, choose Custom privileges. In the Custom Script Privileges dialog box, select each script (or select Any New Script to set privileges for any script created later) and set the privileges you want for it.
Protecting databases Executable only or No access script privileges for them in certain privilege sets. For more information on running scripts with Full Access privileges, see Creating and editing scripts. • You can select multiple scripts in the Custom Script Privileges dialog box in order to set privileges for multiple scripts at once: • To select multiple scripts, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) each script name.
Protecting databases Keyword Extended privilege Determines if a privilege permits fmwebdirect Access via FileMaker WebDirect Accessing a database file from a web browser via FileMaker WebDirect. fmxdbc Access via ODBC/JDBC Accessing a database file as an ODBC or JDBC data source. fmapp Access via FileMaker Network, server-side scripting, or FileMaker Go Opening a shared file (either a file shared by FileMaker Pro or hosted and shared by FileMaker Server).
Protecting databases Notes • There are two other methods for enabling and disabling extended privileges: • While configuring sharing settings for FileMaker Network sharing, ODBC/JDBC, or FileMaker WebDirect, you can enable sharing for all users or certain privilege sets if your privilege set permits it.
Protecting databases To • Allow printing. Do this Choose Allow printing. • Allow saving records as a PDF file. • Allow printing using the Print from Finder Apple event. • Allow exporting records. Choose Allow exporting. • Allow saving records as an Excel file. Note: In Windows, clearing this option has no effect on ActiveX Automation. In OS X, clearing this option only prohibits Apple events that access data; other Apple events will still work.
Protecting databases To Do this Specify a minimum character length for new passwords. Choose Minimum password length, and enter the number of characters. Specify that only a limited set of menu commands are available when the file is active. For Available menu commands, choose one of the following: • All to enable all menu commands except those specifically disabled by other privilege set options. • Editing only to enable only basic editing commands in Browse mode.
Protecting databases • Setting Available menu commands to Editing only or Minimum disables the Window menu > New Window command, which prohibits users from opening new windows. Limiting the available menu commands may be useful if you want to control the ability of users to open additional windows. (You can create scripts that allow users to open certain windows. See Creating and editing scripts.) • Shared accounts are a security risk.
Protecting databases To edit which privilege sets may use an extended privilege: 1. Choose File menu > Manage > Security. Note If the Security menu command is dimmed, your privileges do not permit you to access it. See the note below for another possible way to edit extended privileges. 2. In the Manage Security dialog box, click the Extended Privileges tab. 3. Select the extended privilege you want to edit, and click Edit. The Edit Extended Privilege dialog box appears. 4.
Protecting databases 3. Click New. 4. In the Edit Extended Privilege dialog box, enter the appropriate keyword and description for the extended privilege. Note The developer of the additional software product should provide a keyword that you must enter exactly in order for the extended privilege to work properly with the product. Refer to the documentation that came with the additional software product. 5.
Protecting databases Filename dialog box, enter the account name and password you want to store, and click OK. For more information about the keychain, see OS X Help Center. • If you are assigned an account that uses the Full Access privilege set, you can prevent the Open Filename dialog box from appearing each time the file is opened by designating a default account name and password to automatically use when opening the file. See Setting file options.
Protecting databases • Shared accounts are a security risk. For better security, use individual accounts instead of shared accounts. If you intend to use shared accounts anyway, make sure you limit the access capabilities of the privilege sets that shared accounts use. Change the password occasionally, particularly when certain users no longer require access.
Protecting databases The authorized file appears in the File Access list, with the date and time it was authorized, and the account used to create the authorization. Repeat this step for each file you want to authorize. 6. When you are finished, click OK. To remove authorization for a file: 1. Open the protected file. 2. In the File Access tab of the Manage Security dialog box, select the file for which you want to remove authorization, then click Deauthorize.
Sharing data Sharing data FILEMAKER PRO HELP 485
Sharing databases on a network Sharing databases on a network If your computer is connected to a network, you and other Windows and OS X FileMaker Pro and FileMaker Go users can use the same database file simultaneously. FileMaker Pro Network Sharing supports the sharing of files with up to 5 concurrent users (not including the host). FileMaker Go clients are included in the limit of 5 users. To support more users and web publishing technologies such as XML and FileMaker WebDirect, use FileMaker Server.
Sharing databases on a network Database change Limitation Changing scripts Two people can’t modify a specific script at the same time. Note One person can edit a script while another person is using it. Changing tables, fields, relationships (database schema) Two people can’t modify any of these elements at one time. Changing data source references Two people can’t modify or define data sources at the same time. Note One person can edit a data source while another person is using it.
Sharing databases on a network If the file has associated lookups, related files, or uses external scripts, you must open and share those files as well. Note Avoid hosting files that are located on a remote or networked volume. For optimal performance, the file you're hosting should be on the hard disk of your computer. When you share a file, by default it is visible to all other networked users via the Open Remote File dialog box.
Sharing databases on a network Tip As the host, you can send a message to all clients accessing the database. Choose File menu > Sharing > Share with FileMaker Clients, select the file to notify, and click Send Message. Type a message in the Send Message dialog box and click OK. Clients see the message in a dialog box. They can dismiss the dialog box by clicking Cancel, or the dialog box will close automatically 30 seconds after appearing.
Sharing databases on a network Since all users' scripts are saved to the shared file, personalize the script name so you know it's yours.) • If your account’s privilege set prevents access to certain layouts or fields, you either can’t view those layouts or you will see for each field instead of the field data. • Because you are working on a network with other users, access to records and layouts may be delayed occasionally as other users work with the file.
Sharing databases on a network Choose To display Hosts Listed by LDAP FileMaker Server hosts available through LDAP. To specify an LDAP from which you want to see hosts displayed, see the last section in this topic. Note To add a local host or a host located on an LDAP to the list of favorites, select the host to add and click Add to Favorite Hosts. Then, see the section after these steps. 3. To see the available files from a host, select the host. 4.
Sharing databases on a network To specify an LDAP server: 1. In the Open Remote File dialog box, with Hosts Listed by LDAP selected for View, click Specify. The Specify LDAP Directory Service dialog box appears. 2. In the Server Information area, enter information about the server. (You may need to contact your network administrator for this information.) For Do this Server Address Enter the domain name of the server, in this format: host.domain.
Sharing databases on a network fmp://[[account:password@]netaddress]/databasename Optional parameters are indicated by square brackets (“[ ]”). To run a script in a shared database using a URL: 1. Follow the steps above. 2. Append ?script=scriptname to the URL. For example: fmp://192.168.10.0/filename.
Sharing databases on a network Sending the URL of a shared database If the database you are using is shared, you can give other FileMaker Pro users access to it by sending a URL link to the file via email. Email recipients who have FileMaker Pro installed can open the database from the email message you send. The URL uses the following format: fmp://[[account:password@]netaddress]/databasename To send a URL link to the shared database by email: 1.
Sharing databases on a network in portals, tab panels, slide panels, and web viewers, scan bar codes (via scripting), and perform scripts and other tasks. To tailor databases for use with FileMaker Go, see the FILEMAKER GO DEVELOPMENT GUIDE, available at http://www.filemaker.com/documentation. Uploading files to FileMaker Server Use FileMaker Pro to transfer database files to FileMaker Server.
Sharing databases on a network For more information on folder locations and administrator accounts, see FileMaker Server Help. 6. Select the files you want to upload. To Do this Add files to the upload list Click Browse and select all the files that you want to add to the upload list. • To select multiple files, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) each file. • To select a range of adjacent files, click the first file, then Shiftclick the last file in the range. Then click Open.
Sharing databases on a network • If you select Automatically open databases (on server) after upload, FileMaker Server checks whether the file has some form of sharing enabled. If no sharing is enabled, FileMaker Server automatically enables sharing via FileMaker Network (extended privilege fmapp) for the Full Access privilege set.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Saving, importing, and exporting data You can exchange information between FileMaker Pro and other applications by saving, importing, and exporting data to other file formats. For example, you can import data that is currently in another database or spreadsheet program, or export address data in order to create personalized form letters with a word processing program.
Saving, importing, and exporting data For more information, see Editing other privileges. Tip You can also import read-only data from Excel files into FileMaker Pro files. See Setting up recurring imports and Importing data into an existing file. Saving and sending records as an Excel file You can save FileMaker Pro data as an Excel file in all modes except Find mode. The Excel file will only include fields that are visible on the layout when you perform the save (including any related fields).
Saving, importing, and exporting data You can assign a password to the PDF file if it contains sensitive information. If you assign a password, the file is encrypted and cannot be opened without the password. FileMaker Pro can also create a blank email message with the PDF file as an attachment to make it easy to distribute to others. To save PDF files, your access privileges must allow printing. See Editing other privileges.
Saving, importing, and exporting data can export records (see Exporting data from FileMaker Pro) or save a copy of the file (see Saving and copying files). To save records as a snapshot link file: 1. Find the records that you want to save as a snapshot link. See Making a find request. If you don’t perform a find, all the records in the current table will be included in the FMPSL file. 2. In Browse mode, Layout mode, or Preview mode, choose File menu > Save/Send Records As > Snapshot Link. 3.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • If Current record was selected when the snapshot link was created, then only the current record is shown, and the state of the database (for example, the layout, view, and sort order used at the time) is restored. If Records being browsed was selected and the window didn’t have a found set, then only the records that existed at the time are shown. Records created after the snapshot link was created are not shown.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • To send using SMTP (without an email application), choose SMTP Server. In the SMTP Options dialog box, enter user and server information (see Entering or editing SMTP options) and click OK. Then continue with step 4. 4. For Create, select One email using data from the current record. 5. Do one of the following to enter email addresses in the To, CC, and BCC boxes: To Do this Enter one or more email addresses Type the addresses.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Generated email messages are sent using your default email method. Note Email is sent through SMTP or directly to your default email application’s outbox as plain text. To apply formatting or change an email message’s contents, see the Send Mail script step. Sending multiple email messages You can use FileMaker Pro to send multiple email messages to one or more recipients.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Important Use Collect addresses across found set with caution because it can generate a lot of email messages. For example, if your found set contains 10 records and you specified a field that contains a single email address in each record, 100 email messages would be generated. Each email address will receive 10 emails. See the example below. 7. Do one of the following to fill in the Subject and Message boxes: To Do this Enter text Type the text.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • Recipient1 receives one message: Subject1, Message1 • Recipient2 receives two messages: Subject2, Message2 and Subject4, Message4 • Recipient 3 receives one message: Subject3, Message3 If you select the Collect addresses across found set option, all three recipients receive all four messages (Subject1, Message1; Subject2, Message2; Subject3, Message3; and Subject4, Message4) and each message is addressed to all three recipients.
Saving, importing, and exporting data For Do this Authentication Keep the default None (to require no login authentication on the SMTP server), or choose Plain Password (for no password encryption) or Cram-MD5 (for password encryption). User Name (Available if you choose Plain Password or Cram-MD5 authentication.) Enter a user ID to authenticate the user on the SMTP server. Users must enter the correct name and password to send mail on this server.
Saving, importing, and exporting data FileMaker Pro file or importing a folder of image files. When you import data into a global field, the last item imported into the field from the source file determines the global field value. • You can only import data into a single table at a time. To import data into related fields, import data directly into the table that contains the related field.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Updating existing records With this option, you replace data in your file with data from the source file. For each field you import into, data from the first importable record (or row of data) in the source file overwrites fields in the first record in the target file. Data from the second importable record (or row of data) in the source file overwrites fields in the second record in the target file, and so on.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Notes • If the source file is a FileMaker Pro file, you can import only the records in the found set and skip importing the omitted records. See FileMaker Pro format. • Match fields in the target file cannot be container, summary, or unstored calculation fields. The field type of match fields should correspond to the type of data in the matching field. For example, number fields should not be matched to fields containing text.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • When you select New Table from the Target drop-down list, you cannot modify the target fields in the new target table through the Import Field Mapping dialog box (using the Manage Database button or Manage Database in the Target drop-down list). After you have completed the import, you can then modify the fields by choosing File menu > Manage > Database.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • Locked records: If one or more records cannot be changed because they are being accessed elsewhere — either in another window by the same user or (if the file is shared) by other clients — then these records are skipped during import. Importing data into an existing file You can import data into an existing FileMaker Pro file from another FileMaker Pro file or from a file created by another application. The records you import become the found set.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • If you’re updating existing records in the file, make sure the found set contains only the records you want to change. If necessary, sort the records so that data from the correct record in the source file replaces data in each record in the target file. • If you’re updating matching records, make sure the found set contains only the records you want to update. Records outside the found set will not be updated, even if match field data matches. 7.
Saving, importing, and exporting data extended privileges. Users do not need to use an account with Full Access privileges to use recurring import after it has been set up in a file. To set up recurring imports: 1. Create a new file or open the file in which you want to set up recurring imports. See Creating a FileMaker Pro file or Opening files. 2. In Browse mode, choose File menu > Import Records > File. 3. For Files of type (Windows) or Show (OS X), select the type of file you want to import.
Saving, importing, and exporting data closed, data on the recurring import layout will update the first time you view the layout during your next FileMaker Pro session. • When data is imported for the first time, FileMaker Pro creates an Import log file in the folder that contains the FileMaker Pro file. This log file is updated each time data is imported into any FileMaker Pro file located in this folder.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • If you’re updating matching records, make sure the found set contains only the records you want to update. Records outside the found set will not be updated, even if match field data matches. 5. In Browse mode, choose File menu > Import Records > Folder. The Folder of Files Import Options dialog box appears. 6. In the Folder Location area, click Specify, and choose the folder that contains the files you want to import.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • Shortcuts/aliases to files: FileMaker Pro locates each original file and imports it. • Shortcuts/aliases to folders: FileMaker Pro does not locate the original folders and import from them. • Some items are not imported: • Windows: FileMaker Pro does not import files or from folders that are hidden, offline, system, or temporary. • OS X: FileMaker Pro does not import invisible files or from folders that are invisible.
Saving, importing, and exporting data The Import Field Mapping dialog box appears. 8. Choose the Target table and Import Action, then choose the fields in your database that map to the data being imported. See Setting the import action and mapping fields during import. Note A Bento location field displays as two separate fields in the Source Fields list: [Fieldname](Longitude) and [Fieldname](Latitude). 9. Click Import. The Import Summary dialog box shows the progress of your import. 10. Click OK.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Bento Field Type FileMaker Pro Field Type Notes Choice Text Date Created Timestamp Date Modified Timestamp Calculation Text, Number, Time, or Timestamp Address Text Multiple fields are created Email Address Text Multiple fields are created Phone Number Text Multiple fields are created URL Text Multiple fields are created IM Account Text Multiple fields are created Encrypted (Bento 3 or a later supported version) Text If the Bento database re
Saving, importing, and exporting data 7. Save the layout. Importing XML data FileMaker Pro can import XML data into an existing FileMaker Pro file, or convert XML into a new FileMaker Pro file. The XML can be a physical file, or the result of an HTTP request sent to a web server.
Saving, importing, and exporting data 8. Choose File menu > Open. 9. In the Open dialog box, for Files of type (Windows) or Show (OS X), choose XML Data Source. The Specify XML and XSL Options dialog box appears. 10. For Specify XML Data Source, choose the source of the XML data to import. The XML source can be a file or the result of an HTTP request. See About importing data using an HTTP request. 11.
Saving, importing, and exporting data generates. See the Xerces C++ FAQ on the Apache website at http://xerces.apache.org/xercesc/. • If you are using a calculation that generates the file path for the XML file, you must use the format used by the operating system for the full path.
Saving, importing, and exporting data To Select Update data in the target file with the data from matching records in the source Update matching records in found set To also add records from the source that do not have matching records in the target file, select Add remaining data as new records. 4. If the first record of the data you’re importing contains field names (column headings) instead of data, select Don’t import first record (contains field names).
Saving, importing, and exporting data 6. In the space between each pair of fields in the list, click the field mapping symbol one or more times to indicate the field mapping you want performed. Continue clicking until the symbol between the fields indicates the field mapping you want. For a description of each symbol, refer to the Field Mapping area. You can choose whether or not to import each field into the target field, or use a field pairing as a match field for updating matching records.
Saving, importing, and exporting data To Do this Specify how to import data from repeating fields in the source file Select: • Keeping them in the original record to maintain the field(s) as repeating fields. • Splitting them into separate records to import each repeating value into a separate record. (Use this option to work with individual values in repeating fields, such as to sort or summarize them.
Saving, importing, and exporting data imported remain in the target file (the import is not reversed). To permanently delete the records already imported, choose Records menu > Delete All Records. • The records you import become the found set. After importing, check the data in the found set. Choose Records menu > Show All Records. • If you’re updating records, be sure your records are correct before discarding the backup copy of the file.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • If you routinely import data from the same source, you can automate the process by setting up recurring imports. Data imported via recurring import is read-only in FileMaker Pro. See Setting up recurring imports. Exporting data from FileMaker Pro You can export FileMaker Pro data to a new file and then open it in another application. For example, you can export FileMaker Pro data in the merge (.mer) format and use it for a Microsoft Word Mail Merge.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • If you’re exporting to XML, you see the Specify XML and XSL Options dialog box. Continue with step 8. • If you’re exporting to any other file type, skip to step 9. 8. In the Specify XML and XSL Options dialog box, do the following: • Specify the XML grammar to use by choosing either the FMPDSORESULT format or the FMPXMLRESULT format. • To apply an XSLT style sheet to the XML during export, select Use XSL style sheet and specify the source of the XSLT style sheet.
Saving, importing, and exporting data You may not need to change the character set selection. FileMaker Pro automatically selects a suitable character set based on the file format you’re exporting to and the operating system you’re using. 11. If necessary, select Apply current layout’s data formatting to exported data to format field data as it appears on the current layout.
Saving, importing, and exporting data 2. Make a clone of the file to export. For information about cloning files, see Saving and copying files. 3. Open the clone, then import the data from the original file. For information about importing records, see Importing data into FileMaker Pro. 4. When the Import Options dialog box opens, select Splitting them into separate records, then click Import. 5. Export from this clone file to DBF format. For more information see Exporting data from FileMaker Pro.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Supported format Filename extension Import/convert or export Notes Tab-Separated Text format .tab or .txt Both • Works with most applications. If you aren't sure which format to use, try this one first. XML format .xml Both • In addition to XML files, you can import the XML data result of an HTTP request. You can also do the following: • Import image files or text files from a folder all at once. See Importing a folder of files all at once.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • Text, number, date, and time field types convert from the DBF file. • FileMaker Pro imports dBASE memo field data if the memo file (.dbt) is in the same folder as the DBF file (.dbf).
Saving, importing, and exporting data • To export only a portion of the records from the source FileMaker Pro file, perform a find first. Only the records in the found set will be exported. See Finding records. • FileMaker Pro exports field names and field types to the exported file. • Both Merge and FileMaker Pro formats include field names. However, the application into which the data will be imported must support the format you choose.
Saving, importing, and exporting data • Carriage return characters in a field export as vertical tab characters. • Values in repeating fields are separated by the group separator character. • Quotation marks (") in and around a field export as double quotation marks. Note You can create form letters entirely in FileMaker Pro by typing your letter on a layout and using merge fields. See Placing merge fields on a layout.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Exporting Tab-Separated Text files FileMaker Pro exports plain text. (The exported file does not include font and style information.) The tab character separates fields, the carriage return character separates records. Most applications can use this file format. • Tabs in fields are converted to spaces. • Carriage return characters in a field export as vertical tab characters. • Values in repeating fields are separated by the group separator character.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Each ROW element in the exported FMPDSORESULT grammar contains a number of FIELD elements that correspond to the field names that you export. Spaces or single colons in field names are converted to underscores in the element names (for example, ). Double colons in portal fields are converted to periods (for example, ).
Saving, importing, and exporting data In the FMPXMLRESULT grammar, the DATABASE element contains the NAME, RECORDS, DATEFORMAT, LAYOUT, and TIMEFORMAT attributes. The DATEFORMAT attribute specifies the format of dates in the XML document. Field Full form Short form Year yyyy (4 digits) yy (2 digits) Month mm (2 digits) M (1 or 2 digits) Day dd (2 digits) d (1 or 2 digits) The TIMEFORMAT attribute specifies the format of times in the XML document.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Element Attributes Used during XML import Default value FMPXMLRESULT Yes xmlns="http:// www.filemaker.
Saving, importing, and exporting data NAME="Employees.
Saving, importing, and exporting data Apply current layout’s data formatting to exported data option in order to export dates in a fourdigit year format. Related topics Formatting and setting up field objects in Layout mode Specifying formats for date fields Saving and sending records in other formats Exporting data from FileMaker Pro Working with Microsoft Excel You can use Microsoft Excel and FileMaker Pro together in a variety of ways.
Publishing databases on the web Publishing databases on the web You can display your databases on the web in a variety of ways. This makes your data: • available to many people who are using a compatible web browser anywhere in the world. (You can, however, restrict access to files.) • accessible from many locations—for example, while traveling or working remotely. There are three ways to publish your data.
Publishing databases on the web To publish databases on the web: 1. Open the database files in FileMaker Pro. 2. Choose File menu > Sharing > Configure for FileMaker WebDirect to open the FileMaker WebDirect Settings dialog box. 3. Select the filename to publish on the web from the list of open files. 4. Choose which users can access the file: Choose To All users Provide access to anyone who has the IP address or domain name of the server hosting the database.
Publishing databases on the web • a computer connected to the Internet or an intranet (you only need to connect when you upload your webpage to a web server) • an application for copying (uploading) files to your web server application Note Static webpages cannot use FileMaker Pro access privileges for protection. For security options, see your web server documentation or check with your ISP or network administrator. To publish static data from FileMaker Pro: 1.
Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro You can use FileMaker Pro as: • a data source, sharing your database files with other applications on the same computer using ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) and JDBC (Java Database Connectivity). For example, you can create charts, analyze numbers, and generate reports using FileMaker Pro data in other applications. See “FileMaker Pro as a data source,” below.
Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro What do you want to do? Use FileMaker Pro as an ODBC client/ access ODBC data How do you do it? See Products 1. Interactively via the relationships graph FileMaker Pro Help FileMaker Pro/ Pro Advanced, and FileMaker Server 2.
Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro Important Prevent data from being inadvertently modified or deleted: other applications can update and delete unprotected, shared data. Review the privilege sets you’ve assigned to accounts that will access shared database files. As a minimum level of protection, specify database file accounts and passwords. To share databases using ODBC or JDBC: 1. Open the database files.
Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro Important If you disable ODBC/JDBC sharing after it's already been on, FileMaker Pro stops serving data immediately. No errors are reported, and the client application must notify users that data is no longer available and transactions cannot be completed.
Accessing external data sources Accessing external data sources You can connect to and work with data in external data sources in much the same way that you work with data in the current, active FileMaker file.
Accessing external data sources • MySQL 5.5 Community Edition (free) For an overview of the various ways of working with ODBC data sources, see Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro. Use the following procedure as a general guideline for configuring data sources (refer to the documentation that accompanies each data source application for details). Windows 1.
Accessing external data sources If your data source appears in the list, the driver is already configured. You can skip the remaining steps and begin accessing ODBC data, or choose your data source and click Configure to modify how you’ll interact with the data source. A System DSN (data source name) is available to all users who log in to your computer. A User DSN is available only when you log in. 4. Click Add to configure a driver for your data source.
Accessing external data sources The Open File dialog box appears. 5. Select a FileMaker file to add to the path list. 6. Click Open to add the path for this file to the file path list. Each named FileMaker data source can consist of one or more file paths. Use multiple file paths when you want FileMaker Pro to search a list of potential files. See Creating file paths. You can also enter file paths by typing them directly into the file path list. Each file path must appear on a separate line. 7.
Accessing external data sources This only deletes the data source link to the current FileMaker file. The data source is still available to link to other FileMaker databases. 3. Click OK. Related topics Using ODBC and JDBC with FileMaker Pro Working with data sources After you’ve added a data source, you can specify options for external FileMaker data sources and ODBC data sources. • To access external FileMaker data sources, you define a reference to that file.
Accessing external data sources • FileMaker does not recommend using an asterisk (*) as a wild card character in network file paths as it slows FileMaker network traffic. When possible, replace an asterisk with the appropriate IP address. • Variables are not supported in FileMaker data source references. • Data source references are only to other FileMaker files or to ODBC DSNs. References to other files such as graphics are file paths.
Accessing external data sources 5. To enhance performance, you can filter the list of external tables or views that are available for you to add to the relationships graph. The default is to list all the tables from the data source. • For Catalog name, enter a name. Otherwise, tables from all catalogs are listed. • For Schema name, enter a name. Otherwise, tables from all schemas are listed. • For Table name, enter a name to list only that table. 6.
Accessing external data sources Limitations on working with ODBC data sources • You cannot change the schema of external ODBC data sources. However, you can add supplemental fields to do calculations and summaries on data from ODBC tables. See Using supplemental fields. • Fields from ODBC data sources can be used in value lists, but character large objects (CLOBs) such as long text strings are not supported.
Accessing external data sources As with any ODBC table, if the field is a primary key and the values are not unique, the results may be inconsistent. Enabling ODBC data source single sign-on (Windows only) If you work with database files hosted by FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Server that access ODBC data from Microsoft SQL Server, you can configure the host computer to enable single sign-on (SSO).
Accessing external data sources Updating data between FileMaker and ODBC data sources In general, committing data in ODBC data sources works the same as committing FileMaker data. For example, FileMaker saves changes to external data when you exit a field or move to another record. For more information, see Committing data in records.
Accessing external data sources 3. Select the missing table. 4. Click Re-link. 5. In the Specify Table dialog box, select the renamed table and click OK. If field names in the ODBC table have changed or are missing, you must synchronize the field schema. For more information, see Updating data between FileMaker and ODBC data sources. Notes • Re-linking does not validate or re-specify primary keys.
Accessing external data sources • If the connection fails, the appropriate error message for connection failure is displayed, and is displayed. • If FileMaker cannot identify a unique key for an ODBC table or view, is displayed in the relationships graph and in field objects. Note FileMaker automatically tries to identify a unique key for an ODBC table or view.
Accessing external data sources All applications that support ODBC recognize a basic subset of SQL (Structured Query Language) statements. SQL is passed through the ODBC interface to the data source, performing queries such as SELECT first_name, last_name FROM customers WHERE city=N'Paris' and making updates such as the creation of a new record with INSERT INTO customers (first_name, last_name) VALUES (N'Jane',N'Smith').
Accessing external data sources Constructing an SQL query for importing via ODBC After you access your ODBC data source, use the SQL Query builder to construct and execute a query. Using the SQL Query builder, you construct queries that can search an ODBC data source or DBMS, fetch specific records, and import the resulting records into a FileMaker Pro database file. You can execute the query immediately, or store it in a field for repeated use. See Storing an SQL query in a field for details.
Accessing external data sources You can also use SQL statements that go beyond simply importing data into a FileMaker Pro database file. For example, you could execute SQL statements that add records to a database table in SQL Server, using information from a FileMaker Pro database file. To execute SQL statements against a data source via ODBC: 1. Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. 2. Click New. 3. Add the Execute SQL script step to the script. It appears in the Miscellaneous category. 4.
Accessing external data sources The Specify data source option stores: • the data source name and location • the user ID and password (optional) • the SQL query to be executed against the data source For more information, see Import Records script step. When you choose an ODBC data source in the Import Records script step, the Specify ODBC SQL Query dialog box opens.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced Using FileMaker Pro Advanced FILEMAKER PRO HELP 564
FileMaker Pro Advanced basics FileMaker Pro Advanced basics This section contains: • an introduction to FileMaker Pro Advanced features • a description of your responsibilities as a FileMaker Pro Advanced developer About FileMaker Pro Advanced FileMaker Pro Advanced contains a range of advanced development and deployment tools to speed up the development process and help developers produce FileMaker database solutions for work groups, websites, and stand-alone runtime applications.
FileMaker Pro Advanced basics Choosing to let FileMaker repair customer files FileMaker, Inc. has established procedures for repairing files. If a customer complies with these procedures, then FileMaker may supply a repaired file to the customer. Note FileMaker does not recover account names and passwords. If you distribute database files with passwords or you have removed full access privileges and do not want FileMaker to repair a file for a customer who requests this service, you must: 1.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced This section describes the following ways you can customize files with FileMaker Pro Advanced: • copy and paste fields for use within the same file or other database files • copy or import existing tables into your database file • create custom functions for use anywhere within a file • create custom menus Copying and pasting field schemas (FileMaker Pro Advanced) You can copy fields from one file and paste them in
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced To copy table schema: 1. Open the database file that contains the table you want to copy. 2. Choose File menu > Manage > Database > Tables tab. 3. Select the table you want to copy. 4. Click Copy. 5. Open the database file where you want to paste the table. 6. Choose File menu > Manage > Database > Tables tab. 7. Click Paste. To import table schema without data: 1. Open the database file into which you want to import a table. 2.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced About custom functions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) The Custom Functions utility lets you create custom functions that can be reused anywhere in the database file in which they are created. You can copy and paste custom functions between FileMaker Pro files or you can import custom functions from other FileMaker Pro files. Once formulas are written for the function, they do not have to be rewritten to be applied to other fields or used in other scripts.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced You can also type parameter names, operators, and functions in the Edit Custom Function dialog box instead of using the lists or keypad. 7. All accounts is the default option for Availability and allows all users of the current database to see and use the custom function. If you want the custom function to be available only to those with Full Access privileges, select Only accounts assigned full access privileges. 8.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced • To change the way functions are sorted in the Edit Custom Function dialog box, choose a category from the View list. • The content of a custom function is protected even if it is set to be available to all users with Full Access privileges. To edit or view the custom function content, you must have Full Access privileges and be editing the database in FileMaker Pro Advanced. • When a custom function is deleted, it is no longer available for use.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced 7. Click OK. The Import Summary dialog box appears. 8. Click Open Log File to view the import log file, or click OK to close the Import Summary dialog box. Note The custom function you imported appears at the bottom of the list.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced • If function_a calls itself recursively and it is copied or imported into a target file that contains an existing function_a, FileMaker Pro renames the copied function to maintain the integrity of the dependency. Related topics Using custom functions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Importing custom functions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Defining custom menus (FileMaker Pro Advanced) With FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can create custom menus for your database solutions.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced To Do this Delete a menu Select the menu from the list, then click Delete. Important When you delete a menu, you also delete its menu items. Sort the menu list For View by, choose menu name, display title, custom order (which you create by dragging items in the list), or creation order. Tip You can also click the Menu Name or Display Title column headings to sort the list.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced To Do this Specify in which modes to display the menu For Include in mode, select in which modes you want the menu to appear (Browse, Find, Preview). When users switch modes, the menu set changes to display only the menus specified for that mode. 5. After you create or edit the custom menu, you can create custom menu items. See Creating and editing custom menu items (FileMaker Pro Advanced). 6. Click OK to close the Edit Custom Menu dialog box. 7.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced • Standard FileMaker menus and menu items are localized based on the operating system’s language. However, if you customize the title of a menu or menu item, it will not be localized when the system’s language is changed. • Standard FileMaker menu items are dimmed if users don’t have privileges to perform the menu command. Menus are not dimmed if you attach a script to the menu item. • The Open Help script step displays FileMaker Pro Help, not customized help.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced Creating and editing custom menu items (FileMaker Pro Advanced) After you create a menu, you can create menu items. You can also create or edit menu items that are copies of the Standard FileMaker menus. Menu items can be commands, submenus or separators. You can create a menu item that is based on a standard FileMaker command or you can create a menu item that initially does not have an assigned command.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced To Do this Change a command for a menu item For Based on existing command, click Specify, choose a different command, then click Select or OK. Change a menu item from one type to another For Menu Item Type, choose a different type. (For example, you can change a separator to a command.) Change the name of a menu item Select Item Name and enter a new name.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced • Buttons on toolbars are linked to menu items. If you customize a menu item that has a toolbar button, you also customize the button, its behavior, and its tooltip. For example, the New Record button is linked to the New Record menu item.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced computer. Do not use OS X-specific keyboard equivalents when defining shortcuts for use in FileMaker Pro as results might be unpredictable. Related topics Creating and editing custom menu sets (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Creating and editing custom menu sets (FileMaker Pro Advanced) You can create custom menu sets to include the menus you require. You can then specify a menu set for the file and for individual layouts.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced To Do this Add a menu to the menu set Click Add, do one of the following in the Select Menu dialog box, then click Select: • Choose a menu from the list. • Click + to create a new menu. For more information, see Defining custom menus (FileMaker Pro Advanced). • Click – to remove a custom menu in the Select Menu dialog box. Default FileMaker Pro menus shown in brackets [ ] in the Select Menu dialog box cannot be removed from the list.
Customizing files with FileMaker Pro Advanced • specify menu sets for individual layouts (see Specifying a menu set for a layout) • create scripts that change menu sets • specify menus within the menu set to display according to mode • Before distributing a database with custom menus: • Test all menus and menu items on both platforms for each user account. Be sure that all necessary menus and menu items are available so that users can perform their tasks.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools This section contains information on using: • Script Debugger to troubleshoot your FileMaker scripts • Data Viewer to monitor fields, variables, and calculations • the Database Design Report feature to document and publish your database schema to an HTML or XML file • Developer Utilities to: • set up files to create developer solutions, such as runtime applications, which do not require FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Pro Advanced to run • en
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Choose To Step Over Execute the script one step at a time without entering sub-scripts. If the script step is Perform Script, the Script Debugger will execute the subscript, and proceed to the next line of the calling script. The Script Debugger will execute all sub-script steps until it encounters a breakpoint. Step Into Execute the script one step at a time, as well as enter and show steps in sub-scripts.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Choose To Set/Clear Breakpoint Set or clear a breakpoint from the selected line. Breakpoints allow the Script Debugger to execute large sections of a script, pausing only to inspect the section marked with a breakpoint. Breakpoints are ignored by FileMaker Pro when the Script Debugger is not in use. You can set or clear breakpoints in the Script Debugger or when you create scripts. To set a breakpoint when you create scripts, click to the left of the step.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools The Call Stack list displays the sub-script. 4. Select a script in the Call Stack list to view that script’s steps in the display area. Notes • Set Next Step is only available for the currently executing script. • In order to facilitate proper script debugging, the Script Debugger overrides some script steps. The Allow User Abort script step with the option set to off will not prevent you from stopping the execution of a script.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools To disable script steps: 1. Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts. 2. In the Manage Scripts dialog box, select the script, then click Edit (or double-click the script name). 3. In the Edit Script dialog box, select one or more script steps, then click Disable. Notes • To disable script steps, you must have Modifiable privileges for the script. • You cannot modify options for disabled script steps.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools To monitor fields and variables in the currently running script: 1. Choose Tools menu > Data Viewer, or click in the Script Debugger window. 2. Click the Current tab and do the following: To Do this Edit or copy local or global variables Double-click a variable in the list. Sort fields and variables in the list Click a column heading. Items in the list are grouped by type, then sorted in this order: fields, global variables, local variables.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Notes • Expression values in the Data Viewer automatically refresh when you use the Script Debugger. • Expressions remain in the Watch tab until you remove them. • You can add local and global variables to the Data Viewer. Local variables begin with $ and global variables begin with $$. For more information, see Using variables.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools To encrypt a file: 1. Close all the database files that you are going to encrypt. 2. Choose Tools menu > Developer Utilities. 3. If you have used Developer Utilities on the same database solution before and saved your settings, click Load Settings, locate and select the appropriate .sav file, the click Load. 4. Click Add, select the file or files that you want to encrypt, then click Add again. Encrypt files that are in a multi-file solution all at the same time. 5.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools 3. For the Encryption Password text box at the bottom of the Specify Solution Options dialog box, enter the current encryption password for the database file or files. Note The Encryption Password text box is visible only if one or more of the selected files is encrypted. 4. Click OK, then click Create. Notes • If FileMaker Pro Advanced fails to create an encrypted file, review the log file in your project folder for error messages.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools • When you open an encrypted database file, you must enter the encryption password before you can enter an account password or access the database. See Opening files protected with passwords. • When you export records from an encrypted database file, the records are always exported to a file that is not encrypted, regardless of the export file format.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools 4. If there are any files that contain tables that you want to exclude from the report, select the filename in addition to the checkbox in the Available Files list. The tables in the file appear in the Include fields from tables in selected file list. You can then deselect any table in the list. By default, all tables in all selected files are reported. 5. From Include in report, clear elements that you want to exclude from the report.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Setting up files for developer solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) FileMaker Pro Advanced provides Developer Utilities that let you: • bind your database files into a stand-alone runtime database solution that does not require FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Pro Advanced in order to be used on a computer • encrypt your database files to protect them from unauthorized access while they are being stored on disk • rename a set of database files and automatically update the interna
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools 8. If you do not want the new files to overwrite earlier versions of the files, clear the Overwrite matching files within the Project Folder checkbox. Important If Overwrite matching files within the Project Folder is selected, the Developer Utilities will overwrite files with the same names as those in the list of files. 9. For Solution Options, click Specify, and select options.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools 3. Specify options. 4. Click Save Settings. Browse to select the file you want to replace. 5. Click Save. 6. Click Replace (OS X) or Yes (Windows) to replace the file.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools To Do this Force accounts without full access privileges to open your solution in Kiosk mode Select Enable Kiosk mode for non-admin accounts. Add the FileMaker extension to the filenames of database files Select Databases must have a FileMaker file extension. See Displaying databases in Kiosk mode (FileMaker Pro Advanced) for more information. Note This option is not available if you select Create Runtime solution application(s).
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools modified by anyone, including FileMaker employees. The only way to modify the tables, field definitions, relationships, scripts, or access privileges is by returning to the original file before it was customized by the Developer Utilities. To remove Admin access to a database: 1. Close all of your database files that you are going to customize. 2. Choose Tools menu > Developer Utilities. 3.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Adding filename extensions to files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) You can use the Developer Utilities to give non-runtime FileMaker database files the FileMaker file extension. This is useful for cross-platform development, if you want the filename extension to be consistent on both Windows and Macintosh platforms. To add the FileMaker filename extension to non-runtime databases: 1. Close all of your database files that you are going to customize. 2.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Important For runtime database solutions, you must include the word “About” in the layout name. You must also include certain specific information in the layout. See Your responsibilities as a developer (FileMaker Pro Advanced). 3. Select Blank Layout. 4. Click Finish. 5. Include in the layout your logo, other graphics, and your company information. 6.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools • how to use your Help system • how to start the database solution (see Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced)) • what to do in case of a damaged file (see Recovering runtime files (FileMaker Pro Advanced)) • how to reach you for technical support Important In the event that your runtime database solution files become damaged, make sure users have access to your technical support email address or telephone number in your printed documentation or in a text fil
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools FileMaker Pro Advanced features are stripped from runtime applications. None of the commands on the File menu > Manage submenu are available in the runtime application. Runtime applications cannot be shared over a network and do not include the ability to Save/Send Records as Adobe PDF files. ODBC import, the Execute SQL script step, and using ODBC data sources in the relationships graph are not supported in runtime application.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools solution to perform this operation. In each auxiliary file you can also place a button or startup script that returns users to the primary file. • Let users modify the database: Unless your runtime database solution files are passwordprotected, users can open and modify the files in FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Pro Advanced. You can also make your files permanently unmodifiable. See Removing Admin access to databases (FileMaker Pro Advanced).
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Related topics About creating runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Naming runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Distributing runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Recovering runtime files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Binding files into a runtime solution (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Use the Developer Utilities to produce a stand-alone runtime database solution that users can access without running FileMaker Pro
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools 13. For Delay, set the number of seconds that you want the splash screen to display. You can preview the effect that your custom splash screen will have by clicking Preview. 14. Select other options as required. See Specifying options for developer solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced). 15. Click OK. 16. To be able to quickly repeat the process, click Save Settings, and choose a folder and location for your settings file.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools • Windows filenames must not start with a space. For cross-platform compatibility, do not use the following characters in filenames: quotation mark ("), slash (/), backslash (\), angle brackets (<>), asterisk (*), questions mark (?), colon (:), vertical bar (|). The Developer Utilities automatically update all files to use the extension that you specify and append the extension to the filenames.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Distributing runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) The final steps in developing your runtime database solution are to bundle all of the necessary files together, choose how you will distribute your solution—for example, on a CD-ROM or over a network—and provide your users with documentation for installing your solution. In addition, your documentation should include instructions for starting the runtime application and what to do if a file is damaged.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Related topics About creating runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Preparing files for a runtime solution (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Binding files into a runtime solution (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Naming runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Importing data into upgraded runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Recovering runtime files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Importing data into upgraded runtime solutions (Fil
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Recovering runtime files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) After a user has run the installation program for your runtime application, the files are installed on the user’s hard drive. The solution’s three-character filename extension is registered with the operating system (Windows) or in the system preferences (OS X).
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Recovering runtime files (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Power failures, hardware problems, or other factors can damage a FileMaker database file. If your database solution becomes damaged, your users will need to recover the damaged file. When the runtime application discovers a damaged file, a dialog box appears, telling the user to contact the developer. Even if the dialog box does not appear, files can become corrupted and exhibit erratic behavior.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Starting runtime solutions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Displaying databases in Kiosk mode (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Kiosk mode is a way of displaying your database solution or your runtime database solution on a full screen, without any toolbars or menus. As the name suggests, Kiosk mode can be used to present your database to users as an information kiosk. You can design your database to run through a touch screen.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Note Kiosk mode is ignored if the solution is opened by accounts with the Full Access privilege set, a privilege set that allows management of extended privileges, or a privilege set that allows modification of layouts, value lists, and scripts. To create a limited access Kiosk account: 1. With the database solution open, choose File menu > Manage > Security. 2. In the Manage Security dialog box, click New. 3.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Notes • If there is no Quit or Exit button available in your Kiosk solution, users must force-quit the application by pressing Alt+F4 (Windows). With OS X, users can exit a solution running in Kiosk mode by pressing F9 or F11 to access another open application window. Force quitting is not recommended because it can cause data corruption or damage open files.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools To emulate these interface elements Create buttons with these script steps attached Menu commands Script steps for any menu command (for example, Sort Records, Print, and Open Preferences) Zoom controls Adjust Window or Set Zoom Level Status toolbar control Show/Hide Toolbars Mode pop-up menu Enter Browse Mode, Enter Find Mode, or Enter Preview Mode Vertical scroll bar Scroll Window (if the layout is longer than one screen) Horizontal scroll bar Scroll Window
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Tip To create a button that displays identically across all records, click the Storage tab and select Use global storage. Otherwise, each record will display its own button state. 11. Click OK, then OK again. To create the dynamic button script: 1. Choose Scripts menu > Manage Scripts and click New. 2. Name the script Toggle Buttons. 3. Add a Set Field script step. 4. Select Specify target field or click Specify. 5. Double-click Buttons. 6.
Using FileMaker Pro Advanced tools Working with formulas and functions FILEMAKER PRO HELP 616
Reference Reference FILEMAKER PRO HELP 617
Setting preferences Setting preferences You can customize FileMaker Pro for the way you work by changing standard settings called preferences. Preferences affect the behavior of the application and are not specific to any document. Types of preferences you can set include: • General • Layout • Memory • Plug-In • Font To set preferences for individual documents, see Setting file options. Setting general preferences General application preferences affect the way you work with all FileMaker Pro documents.
Setting preferences To Do this Reset the size and position of all dialog boxes to their defaults. For Reset dialog sizes and positions, click Reset. Set the name that identifies the user. Windows: Type a name for User name. (This value is used, for example, when you choose Insert menu > Current User Name.) OS X: Select System in the User Name area or, for User Name, select Other, and then type a name in the text box.
Setting preferences To Do this Have FileMaker automatically check for a new version every 30 days. Select Notify me when a new version is available. If you select Don’t tell me about new versions again in the New Version Notification dialog box, FileMaker does not check for new versions. 3. Click OK.
Setting preferences 2. In the Preferences dialog box, click the Memory tab, and then set the options you want to use. To Do this Improve application performance For Attempt to set cache size to MB, enter a higher value. Changes take effect after you quit FileMaker Pro and start it again. Save changes to disk when no one is working with the database file or the cache is full For Save cache contents, click during idle time.
Setting preferences 6. To allow FileMaker Pro to install plug-in files and updates automatically, select Allow Solutions to Install Files. 7. Click OK. Setting font preferences Use font preferences to set the default font for a particular input type as well as other font options. Input types are scripts that categorize languages according to their writing systems. For example, the Western/Roman input type is used for English, French, Italian, and other languages.
Setting preferences To Do this Remove a font from the Font menu Double-click the font under Appear in Menu list. Or, click once to select the font, then click Clear. Remove more than one font at a time Under Appear in Menu, Shift-click (for fonts next to each other in the list) or Ctrl-click (for fonts that aren't next to each other) the fonts you want to remove. Click Clear. Remove all fonts from the Font menu Click Clear All.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) You can use keyboard shortcuts to perform many operations in FileMaker Pro, including finding records, sorting records, printing records, and performing scripts. You can work with FileMaker Pro in four different modes: Browse, Find, Layout, and Preview. You can use keyboard shortcuts to invoke actions within modes and format and edit text. Note You can create your own keyboard equivalents if you use custom menus.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Save a script Ctrl+S Perform one of the first ten scripts listed in the Scripts menu Ctrl+1 through Ctrl+0 Create a new record, request, or layout Ctrl+N Delete a record, request, or layout Ctrl+E Delete a record without confirmation Ctrl+Shift+E Duplicate a record, request, or layout object Ctrl+D Save a layout Ctrl+S Navigation keyboard shortcuts You can use these keyboard shortcuts to move through fields, records, find requests, and layouts.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Show/hide the status toolbar Ctrl+Alt+S Tile (arrange) document windows horizontally Shift+F4 Zoom document larger F3 Zoom document smaller Shift+F3 Paste, select, and replace values keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts to enter values into a field, replace values, select objects, and move items in a list.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) Mode keyboard shortcuts (Windows) You can use keyboard shortcuts to change modes, navigate among records and fields, enter values in records and fields, and format and edit text. To switch to Press Browse mode Ctrl+B Find mode Ctrl+F Layout mode Ctrl+L Preview mode Ctrl+U Browse mode keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts in Browse mode to create, delete, duplicate, omit, sort, and print records.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Delete a find request Ctrl+E Duplicate a find request Ctrl+D Show all records Ctrl+J Perform a find Enter (disabled when a script is paused) Insert from index Ctrl+I Move to next find request Ctrl+Down Arrow or Shift+PgDn Move to previous find request Ctrl+Up Arrow or Shift+PgUp Move to a specific find request Esc (to activate the book icon), type the request number, then press Enter Layout mode keyboard shortcuts In Layout mode, you can use keyboard
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Copy the style of a selected object Ctrl+Alt+C Paste the style of another object Ctrl+Alt+V Object alignment keyboard shortcuts To Press Align left edges Ctrl+Alt+Left Arrow Align right edges Ctrl+Alt+Right Arrow Align top edges Ctrl+Alt+Up Arrow Align bottom edges Ctrl+Alt+Down Arrow Show or hide rulers Ctrl+Alt+Shift+R Show or hide the object grid Ctrl+Alt+Y Turn off the snap-to effect for grid, guides, or dynamic guides while resizing an object
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Unlock an object Ctrl+Alt+Shift+L Inspector keyboard shortcuts To Press Show or hide the Inspector Ctrl+I Display the Position tab of the Inspector Ctrl+1 Display the Appearance tab of the Inspector Ctrl+2 Display the Data tab of the Inspector Ctrl+3 Layout tools keyboard shortcuts To Press Toggle the current tool with the Selection tool Enter (numeric keypad, or Ctrl+Enter for computers with no numeric keypad) Draw a horizontal or vertical line with
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Copy all records in the found set to the Clipboard in text form Ctrl+Shift+C with no objects selected Cut selected text Shift+Delete or Ctrl+X Paste Ctrl+V Paste text only Ctrl+Shift+V Undo Alt+Backspace or Ctrl+Z Redo Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z Exit text edit mode Enter (numeric keypad) Find/replace data Ctrl+Shift+F Find the next occurrence of the specified data Ctrl+G Reverse the current direction of a Find Again operation Ctrl+Shift+G Replace the
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) Text style keyboard shortcuts To style selected text Press Bold Ctrl+Shift+B Italic Ctrl+Shift+I Plain Ctrl+Shift+P Underline Ctrl+Shift+U Text size keyboard shortcuts To change the point size of selected text Press The next point size up on the Format menu Ctrl+Shift+> The next point size down on the menu Ctrl+Shift+< Up one point Ctrl+Alt+Shift+> Down one point Ctrl+Alt+Shift+< Text navigation keyboard shortcuts You can use these keyboard shortcuts in Browse, La
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To extend selection to the Press End of next word Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow End of text Ctrl+Shift+End Next character Shift+Right Arrow Next line Shift+Down Arrow Previous character Shift+Left Arrow Previous line Shift+Up Arrow Entire contents of the active field Ctrl+A Manage database keyboard shortcuts (Windows) Field type keyboard shortcuts Use the following shortcuts to assign field types when working in the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Resize the selected object Ctrl+Shift+Up Arrow, Ctrl+Shift+Down Arrow, Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow, Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow after selecting a fully expanded table Select multiple tables Shift-click multiple tables or drag the selection pointer through multiple tables Note To select by dragging completely around tables, press Ctrl while dragging. Select all tables and notes Ctrl+A Note In Note mode, this command selects all notes.
Keyboard shortcuts (Windows) To Press Move the selection through the command buttons from right to left and to the relationships graph from the Add Table command Shift+Tab Snap to fit Ctrl+I Turn page guides on and off Ctrl+E Display print setup options Ctrl+Shift+P Select a different button Tab, Left Arrow, Right Arrow Issue a selected command button Space bar Issue a command in a selected button’s menu Enter or Space bar to display the menu, Up Arrow or Down Arrow to make a selection in th
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) You can work with FileMaker Pro in four different modes: Browse, Find, Layout, and Preview. You can use keyboard shortcuts to invoke actions within modes and format and edit text. Note You can create your own keyboard equivalents if you use custom menus. General keyboard shortcuts (OS X) You can use these keyboard shortcuts to navigate, edit, cancel an operation, and display information in your database file.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Open the Manage Scripts dialog box -Shift-S Save a script -S Perform one of the first ten scripts listed in the Scripts menu -1 through Create a record, request, or layout -N Delete a record, request, or layout -E Delete a record without confirmation -Option-E Duplicate a record, request, or layout object -D Save a layout -S -0 Navigation keyboard shortcuts You can use these keyboard shortcuts to move through fields, records, find requests, and layouts.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Show or hide the status toolbar -Option-S Minimize the current window -M Hide the FileMaker Pro application -H Paste, select, and replace values keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts to enter values into a field, replace values, and select objects, and move items in a list.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Move a selected item in a list Control-Up Arrow, Control-Down Arrow Mode keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Use the following shortcuts to switch to another mode. To switch to Press Browse mode -B Find mode -F Layout mode -L Preview mode -U Browse mode keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts in Browse mode to create, delete, duplicate, omit, sort, and print records.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Find mode keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts in Find mode to create and duplicate find requests.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Resize a selected object when the Inspector is -1 to move to the Position tab of the Inspector. Then Tab to the desired sizing action and enter the size value you want. Press Enter on the numeric keypad to return to the Layout window. open (click Inspector in the formatting bar) Resize selected objects, keeping their proportions Shift as you drag a handle. Resize multiple objects, keeping the difference in their lengths or widths the same.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Change part labels from horizontal to vertical or vertical to horizontal Drag the selected layout part past an object Duplicate the selected object Duplicate an object by dragging it and click the label Option and drag the part -D Option and drag the object Group objects -R Lock an object -Option-L Move the selected object one point at a time Arrow keys Reorder the selected part Shift and drag the part Rotate an object -Option-R Send the selected object back
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Text keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Use text keyboard shortcuts to edit and format text in fields and text on a layout. Text deletion keyboard shortcuts You can use these shortcuts in Browse, Layout, and Find modes. Note The Forward Delete key is located under the Help key on most OS X extended keyboards.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Find the next occurrence of the selected data in the database -Option-I Reverse the current direction of a Find Selected operation -ShiftOption-I Insert a non-breaking space Option-Space bar Insert a tab in a field or move the insertion point to the next tab stop Option-Tab Open the Spelling dialog box when alerted of a misspelled word -Shift-Y Note If the current Find/Replace direction is Forward or All, the reverse keyboard shortcut switches the direction to
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Text size keyboard shortcuts To change point size Press Up one point -Option-Shift-> Down one point -Option-Shift-< The next point size up on the menu -Shift-> The next point size down on the menu -Shift-< Text navigation keyboard shortcuts You can use these keyboard shortcuts in Browse, Layout, and Find modes to move the insertion point to different areas of a text field or label.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To extend selection to the Press Previous line -Shift-Up Arrow Entire contents of the active field -A Manage database keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Field type keyboard shortcuts Use the following shortcuts to assign field types when working in the Fields tab of the Manage Database dialog box.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Select multiple tables Shift-click multiple tables or drag the selection pointer through multiple tables Note To select by dragging completely around tables, press Select all tables and notes -A Select all tables -Shift-A Select all tables directly related to the currently selected table -Y Select tables with the same source table -U Toggle the display state of selected tables -T while dragging.
Keyboard shortcuts (OS X) To Press Redo the last command -Shift-Z FileMaker Pro Advanced keyboard shortcuts (OS X) Script Debugger keyboard shortcuts In FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can use the following keyboard shortcuts to perform Script Debugger actions. To execute the Press Step Over command F5 Step Into command F6 Step Out command F7 Run to Breakpoint command Option-F8 Halt Script command -F8 or -.
Functions reference Functions reference Click the following links to find functions by category, or alphabetically. In the category list, FileMaker Pro functions are grouped by the type of data they operate on, not by the type of data they return. For example, the Position function returns a number, but it is grouped with Text functions because it operates on text data. For information on where you can use functions, see About formulas. Functions reference (category list) Aggregate functions . . . . . . .
Functions reference FieldComment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703 FieldIDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703 FieldNames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704 FieldRepetitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference Get(CurrentHostTimestamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752 Get(CurrentPrivilegeSetName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753 Get(CurrentTime) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754 Get(CurrentTimestamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference Get(ScriptParameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801 Get(ScriptResult) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803 Get(SortState) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804 Get(StatusAreaState) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857 LookupNext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858 Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859 Mobile functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference GetValue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899 Hiragana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 KanaHankaku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901 KanaZenkaku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference Timestamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943 Trigonometric functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944 Acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Asin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions reference (alphabetical list) A, B, C Abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864 Acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Asin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945 Atan . . . . . .
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869 FV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 G Get(AccountExtendedPrivileges) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732 Get(AccountName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Get(LayoutName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778 Get(LayoutNumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779 Get(LayoutTableName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780 Get(LayoutViewState) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Get(WindowMode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829 Get(WindowName) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 Get(WindowOrientation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831 Get(WindowStyle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Let . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855 Lg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870 List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Ln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SetPrecision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875 Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876 Sin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950 Sqrt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A, B, C D E F G H, I, J, K L, M, N, O P, Q R S T, U V, W, X, Y, Z Aggregate functions Aggregate functions perform statistical analysis on numbers (and also dates or times for some functions) in: • several fields in a record. • related fields whether displayed in a portal or not. • repeating fields. For example, you can use the Sum function to add the values listed in a portal, as an alternative to creating a report with grouped data and subtotals.
Parameters field - any related field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields; or an expression that returns a field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Field can be any of the following: • a repeating field (repeatingField). • a field in matching related records specified by (table::field), whether or not these records appear in a portal.
Using operators in formulas Count Purpose Returns the number of valid, non-blank values in field. Format Count(field{;field...}) Parameters field - any related field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields; or an expression that returns a field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Field can be any of the following: • a repeating field (repeatingField).
Count(Field2) returns 4 when the calculation isn’t a repeating field. Count(Field1;Field2;Field3) returns 3, 2, 1, 1 when the calculation is a repeating field. Note When a referenced field is a repeating field, the Count function returns the total number of valid, non-blank values in the first repetition field, then the number of valid, non-blank values in the second repetition field, and so on.
Examples In the following examples: • Field1 contains white. • Field2 contains black. • Field3 contains three repetitions with values of red, green, blue. • Related::Field4 refers to three records that contain 100, 200, 300. • $f1 contains orange. Note When referencing multiple repeating fields, List() returns the list of values across the first repetition in the calculation's first repetition, then the list of values across the second repetition in the second repetition, and so on.
Example 5 List ($f1; Field2) returns: • orange • black Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Max Purpose Returns the highest valid value in field. Format Max(field{;field...}) Parameters field - any related field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields; or an expression that returns a field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields.
• several fields in the first matching record specified by (table::field1;table::field2;...). You can include fields from different tables (table 1::field A;table 2::field B...). Examples The Accounts layout has a portal showing installment payments made. Max(Payments::PaymentDate) returns the most recent date a payment was made on an account. In the following examples: • Field1 contains two repetitions with values of 1 and 2. • Field2 contains four repetitions with values of 5, 6, 7, and 8.
Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Field can be any of the following: • a repeating field (repeatingField). • a field in matching related records specified by (table::field), whether or not these records appear in a portal. • several non-repeating fields in a record (field1;field2;field3...).
StDev Purpose Returns the standard deviation of the sample represented by a series of non-blank values in field. Format StDev(field{;field...}) Parameters field - any related field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields; or an expression that returns a field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
StDev(Field4) results in an error because standard deviation of a single number is not defined. StDev(Field1;Field2;Field3) returns 2.64575131..., 3.05505046..., 2.12132034..., 2.82842712... for a repeating field. Note When a referenced field is a repeating field, the StDev function returns the standard deviation in the first repetition fields, then the standard deviation in the second repetition fields, and so on.
• several fields in the first matching record specified by (table::field1;table::field2;...). You can include fields from different tables (table 1::field A;table 2::field B...). StDevP = x 12 + x 22 + … + x n2 ⎛ x 1 + x 2 + … + x n⎞ 2 -------------------------------------------- – ------------------------------------------⎝ ⎠ n n Examples A portal displays the related values 5, 6, 7, and 8 in the field Scores. StDevP(table::Scores) returns 1.11803398....
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Field can be any of the following: • a repeating field (repeatingField). • a field in matching related records specified by (table::field), whether or not these records appear in a portal. • several non-repeating fields in a record (field1;field2;field3...).
Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Variance Purpose Returns the variance of a sample represented by a series of non-blank values in field. Format Variance(field{;field...}) Parameters field - any related field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields; or an expression that returns a field, repeating field, or set of non-repeating fields. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.
• Field1 contains two repetitions with values of 1 and 2. • Field2 contains four repetitions with values of 5, 6, 7, and 8. • Field3 contains four repetitions with values of 6, 0, 4,and 4. • Field4 contains one repetition with a value of 3. Variance(Field4) results in an error since the variance of a single value is not defined. Variance(Field1;Field2;Field3) returns 7, 9.33333333..., 4.5, 8 if the calculation is a repeating field. Student example Two classes of students take an exam.
Description The variance of a population distribution is a measure of how spread out the distribution is. Field can be any of the following: • a repeating field (repeatingField). • a field in matching related records specified by (table::field), whether or not these records appear in a portal. • several non-repeating fields in a record (field1;field2;field3...).
Container functions Container functions calculate, manipulate, and report on data in container fields. Click a function name for details. This function Returns Base64Decode Container content from text encoded in Base64 format. Base64Encode The contents of the specified container field as text in Base64 format. GetContainerAttribute The file metadata of a container field. GetHeight The height of the image in a container field that holds images.
If a filename and extension are not specified in the fileNameWithExtension parameter, Base64Decode returns the container content with a generic filename and extension but does not change the content’s data format. Examples Base64Decode(Products::Base64;"question.png") returns when Products::Base64 is set to a string that begins with "iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAB8". The Base64 string in this example was shortened for readability.
Related topics Base64Decode Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas GetContainerAttribute Purpose Returns the file metadata of the specified container field. Format GetContainerAttribute(sourceField;attributeName) Parameters sourceField - the name of a container field. attributeName - the name of a supported attribute (see below).
Attribute Returns Data type returned fileSize The size (in bytes) of the file inserted into the container field. number internalSize The amount (in bytes) of the space inside the database file that is occupied by the container field. number externalSize The amount (in bytes) of the space that is stored externally by the container field. This is either the size of the referenced file or the total size of all files in the container field (set up for open or secure storage).
Attribute Returns Data type returned artist The name of the performer of the audio. text album The name of the album containing the audio. text year The year the audio was released. text track The track number and count of the audio. For example, 3/12, or 3 if the track count is not available. text genre The genre of the audio. text composer The composer of the audio. text coverArt An image of the album cover. container duration The duration of the audio. For example, 0:03:16.
• For the group attributes general, audio, image, photo, and all, attributes are displayed in the format attributeName: attributeValue with one attribute per line. Some attributes are displayed differently in order to fit the attribute on one line: • externalFiles. Displays only the number of external files. • transparency. Displays 1 (True) or 0 (False). • coverArt. Displays png or jpg depending on the type of image. • bitRate. Displays kbps after the number.
[Bar Code] Bar Code Text: 875720001107 Bar Code Type: UPC-A GetContainerAttribute(Package;"signature") returns: [Signature] Signed: 11/10/2014 11:41:22 AM Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas GetHeight Purpose Returns the height in pixels of the content in a container field that holds images.
Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas GetThumbnail Purpose Returns a thumbnail image of the content in a container field, according to specified values for width and height. Format GetThumbnail(field;width;height) Parameters field - any text, number, date, time, timestamp, or container field; or any text expression or numeric expression. width - the width for the thumbnail. height - the height for the thumbnail.
Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas GetWidth Purpose Returns the width in pixels of the content in a container field that holds images. Format GetWidth(field) Parameters field - any text, number, date, time, timestamp, or container field; or any text expression or numeric expression. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.
Format VerifyContainer(field) Parameters field - any text, number, date, time, timestamp, or container field; or any text expression or numeric expression. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description Returns a Boolean value representing the validity of data stored externally in a container field. A 0 (False) value means the data was changed or deleted; otherwise, 1 (True) is returned.
This function Returns Date The calendar date for the specified month, day, and year. Day A number in the range 1 through 31, representing the day of the month for a specified date. DayName A text string that is the full name of the weekday for the specified date. DayNameJ A text string that is the full name of the weekday for the specified date in Japanese. DayOfWeek A number representing the day of the week the specified date falls on.
Data type returned date Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The format of the result depends on the date format that was in use when the database file was created. In the United States, dates are generally in the format MM/DD/YYYY. You can change the date format in your operating system. You can change how the date is displayed by assigning a different date format to the field in Layout mode.
Format Day(date) Parameters date - any calendar date Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use Day, for example, to identify the day of the month on which payments are due. Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years. For more information about how FileMaker Pro handles two-digit dates, see Conversion of dates with two-digit years. Examples Day(“5/15/2014”) returns 15. This example assumes that the system date format is MM/DD/ YYYY.
Parameters date - any calendar date Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples DayName(Date(10;7;2014)) returns Tuesday. DayName(ProjectDue) returns Tuesday when ProjectDue is 10/7/2014. DayName(“10/7/2014”) returns Tuesday. “Return your selection by ” & DayName(DueDate) displays the text Return your selection by followed by the name of the day stored in DueDate. Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples DayNameJ(Date(4;4;2014)) returns . Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years. For more information about how FileMaker Pro handles two-digit dates, see Conversion of dates with two-digit years.
Examples DayOfWeek(“10/8/2014”) returns 4. DayOfWeek(Date(10;9;2014)) returns 5. DayOfWeek(ProjectDue) returns 3 when the date in ProjectDue is 10/7/2014. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas DayOfYear Purpose Returns a number equal to the number of days from the beginning of the year of date.
About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Month Purpose Returns a number in the range 1 through 12, representing the number of the month of the year in which date occurs. Format Month(date) Parameters date - any calendar date Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Month(“3/19/2014”) returns 3. This example assumes that the operating system date format is set to MM/DD/YYYY.
MonthName Purpose Returns the full name of the month for date. Format MonthName(date) Parameters date - any calendar date Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples MonthName(“6/6/2014”) returns June. “Payment due by the end of: ” & MonthName(Date(Month(InvoiceDate) + 1;Day(InvoiceDate);Year(InvoiceDate))) returns Payment due by the end of May, where InvoiceDate is 4/4/2014.
Format MonthNameJ(date) Parameters date - any calendar date Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples MonthNameJ(“6/6/2014”) returns Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years. For more information about how FileMaker Pro handles two-digit dates, see Conversion of dates with two-digit years.
Description Fractions of weeks occurring at the beginning or end of the year count as full weeks, so the WeekOfYear function returns values 1 through 54. Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years. For more information about how FileMaker Pro handles two-digit dates, see Conversion of dates with two-digit years. Examples WeekOfYear(“1/1/2014”) returns 1. WeekOfYear(ProjectDue) returns 6, when ProjectDue is 2/2/2014. WeekOfYear(“1/1/2014”) - WeekOfYear(“2/2/2014”) returns -5.
The first week of the year is the first week that contains four or more days of that year. For example, if you select 1 (Sunday) as the starting day, then January 1 must be on Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, or Wednesday for that week to be the first week of the fiscal year. If you select 2 (Monday) as the starting day, then January 1 must be on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday for that week to be the first week of the fiscal year.
Description You can, for example, extract the year from a field containing the date an item was sold. Important To avoid errors when using dates, always use four-digit years. For more information about how FileMaker Pro handles two-digit dates, see Conversion of dates with two-digit years. Examples Year(DateSold) returns the year stored in DateSold. Year(“5/5/2014”) returns 2014.
08 (Meiji 8), [before 1868.9.8]) 1- 8 (Mei 8), 8 (Taisho 8), 8 (Tai 8), 8 (Sho 8), 8 (Showa 8), 8 (Hei 8), 8 (Heisei 8), (Seireki xxxx xxxx (Sei xxxx [before 1868.9.8]) 2 - M8, T8, S8, H8, A.D.xxxx (before 1868.9.8) Name of Emperor in 0 = Long, 1 = Abbreviated, 2 = 2 byte Roman. Seireki is returned when date is before listed emperors. Examples YearName(DateField;0) Returns when DateField contains 7/15/2008.
This function Returns FieldIDs A list of all field IDs in the specified database file and layout, separated by carriage returns. FieldNames A list of the names of all fields on the specified layout, separated by carriage returns.
Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The names returned do not include file extensions. Note If your database is hosted on another computer, DatabaseNames returns a list of the names of local client and remote database files open only on the client computer.
layoutName - the name of a layout in the specified database file. fieldName - the name of a field on the specified layout. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
FieldComment Purpose Returns the specified field’s comment. Format FieldComment(fileName;fieldName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). fieldName - the name of a field in the specified database file. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.
Format FieldIDs(fileName;layoutName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). layoutName - the name of a layout or table in the specified database file. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Related fields are returned as TableID::RelatedFieldID. For example, 12::4, where 12 is the ID of the table and 4 is the ID of the related field.
Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). layoutName - the name of a layout or table in the specified database file. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Related fields are displayed in tablename::fieldname format. If no parameter is specified for fileName, FileMaker returns results for the current file.
Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). layoutName - the name of a layout in the specified database file. fieldName - the name of a field on the specified layout. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If fieldName isn’t a repeating field, it returns 1 vertical.
Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If the field has a value list associated with it, the FieldStyle function also returns the name of the value list. • A standard field returns Standard. • A standard field with a vertical scroll bar returns Scrolling. • A drop-down list returns Popuplist. • A pop-up menu returns Popupmenu. • A checkbox returns Checkbox.
Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). fieldName - the name of a field in the specified database file. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Field names must be in the format tablename::fieldname to specify a field that exists in a table different from the current table.
GetNextSerialValue Purpose Returns the next serial number of fieldName in fileName. Format GetNextSerialValue(fileName;fieldName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). fieldName - the name of the field whose next serial number you want to determine. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Format LayoutIDs(fileName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If no parameter is specified for fileName, FileMaker returns results for the current file. Examples LayoutIDs(“Customers”) returns a list of all the layout IDs in the Customers database file.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples LayoutNames(“Customers”) returns a list of all the layouts in the Customers database file. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas LayoutObjectNames Purpose Returns a list of the names of all named objects on layoutName in fileName, separated by carriage returns.
Named tab controls, grouped objects, and portal objects that contain other named objects are followed by a list of those named objects enclosed in angle brackets (<>). The angle brackets are shown even if there are no named objects contained within the named tab controls, grouped objects, or portal objects. Examples LayoutObjectNames ("Customers";"Data Entry") returns a list of named objects in the Customers database file that appear on the Data Entry layout.
• Table: the name of the table connected to tableName. • Options: the options that were set in the right side of the Edit Relationship dialog box when the relationship was defined. This line is blank if the following options are not set; otherwise these options are separated by spaces. • Delete, if Delete related records in this table when a record is deleted in the other table is selected in the right side of the Edit Relationship dialog box.
ScriptIDs Purpose Returns a list of all script IDs in fileName, separated by carriage returns. Format ScriptIDs(fileName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples ScriptIDs(“Customers”) returns a list of all the script IDs in the Customers database file.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If no parameter is specified for fileName, FileMaker returns results for the current file. Examples ScriptNames(“Customers”) returns a list of all the scripts in the Customers database file.
If no parameter is specified for fileName, FileMaker returns results for the current file. Examples TableIDs(“University Database”) returns 1065089 1065090 for the University Database database file if two tables have been defined for the file.
Coaches for the University Database database file if a Teachers table and a Coaches table have been defined for the file. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas ValueListIDs Purpose Returns a list of all value list IDs in fileName, separated by carriage returns. Format ValueListIDs(fileName) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote).
Using operators in formulas ValueListItems Purpose Returns a list of the values in valuelist, separated by carriage returns. Format ValueListItems(fileName;valuelist) Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). valuelist - the name of a value list in the specified database file. Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Parameters fileName - the name of an open database file (local or remote). Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If no parameter is specified for fileName, FileMaker returns results for the current file. Examples ValueListNames(“Customers”) returns a list of all the value list names in the Customers database file.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use the optional fileName parameter to only return windows that are based on the specified file. The window could be visible, hidden, or minimized. The order of the names in the list matches the current stacking order of the windows. The visible windows are listed first, then the minimized windows, and then the hidden windows. If there are no databases or windows open, an empty string is returned.
This function Does this External Enables access to FileMaker Pro plug-ins written for versions of FileMaker Pro prior to 7.0. For more information, see Updating plug-ins. Related topics About functions About formulas External Purpose Accesses plug-ins created for versions of FileMaker Pro prior to 7.0 and uses the syntax External(“function name”, parameter), where function name is in quotes and is the name of an external function.
Financial functions Financial functions calculate financial information, such as net present value and payments. For example, you can calculate the monthly payments required to buy a car at a certain loan rate using the PMT function. Click a function name for details. This function Returns FV The future value of an initial investment, based on a constant interest rate and payment amount for the number of periods in months.
Notes • When interestRate is 0, this function returns the result of payment * periods. • The FV function doesn’t account for the present value of your investment, and it assumes that payment is made at the end of each period. ( 1 + interestRate ) periods – 1 FV = payment * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------interestRate Examples FV(50;.11/12;5 * 12) returns 3975.90398429.... FV(2000;.12;30) + 5000 * (.12 + 1) ^ 30 returns 632464.97928640.... FV(500;.
Description Use this function to calculate NPV. For example, if someone borrows money from you and pays you back in unequal amounts over a period of several years, you can use the NPV function to calculate the result.
Description Use this function to calculate PMT. – periods 1 – ( 1 + interestRate ) PMT = payment ⁄ ⎛ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------⎞ ⎝ ⎠ interestRate Examples In the following example, the PMT function calculates payments for purchasing a sports car costing $21,000, at an annual rate of 6.9% over 48 monthly payments. PMT(21000;.069/12;48) returns the payment amount $501.90. PMT(Cost;.
Description Use this function to calculate PV. 1 – ( 1 + interestRate ) – periods PV = payment * -----------------------------------------------------------------------------interestRate Note When interestRate is 0, this function returns the result of payment * periods. Examples Your cousin borrowed $2,000 from you, offering to pay you back $500 a year for five years, for a total of $2,500 at the end of five years.
Get functions Use Get functions in scripts for error checking and prevention, or to capture information about the status of a database file or elements in it, or an action being performed. Many Get functions return information that changes on a regular basis. For example, when the Get(CurrentTime) function is placed in a stored calculation field, the time will only update when a new record is created.
This function Returns Get(ApplicationVersion) Text representing the FileMaker application version. Get(CalculationRepetitionNumber) A number representing the repetition of the calculation field that is currently being calculated. Get(ConnectionAttributes) The name of the current file’s host and the name of the certificate authority that issued the SSL certificate used to secure the connection.
This function Returns Get(HostApplicationVersion) The version of FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Server running on the computer that is hosting the current database. Get(HostIPAddress) The IP address of the host machine for the current database. Get(HostName) The registered name of the computer that is hosting the database file. Get(InstalledFMPlugins) The display name, version number (if available), and enabled state of installed plug-ins.
This function Returns Get(RecordOpenCount) The total number of open records in the current found set that haven’t yet been saved. Get(RecordOpenState) A number representing the state of the current record. Get(RequestCount) The total number of find requests currently defined for the current table. Get(RequestOmitState) A Boolean value representing the state of the Omit checkbox in Find mode.
This function Returns Get(TriggerModifierKeys) The state of the keyboard modifier keys as they were when the script trigger was activated. Get(TriggerTargetPanel) The index number and object name of the tab panel or slide panel to be switched to when the OnPanelSwitch script trigger is activated. Get(UserCount) The number of users who are currently accessing the file. Get(UserName) The name of the FileMaker Pro user, as specified in the General tab of the Preferences dialog box.
based on the user's response, the script performs an action: it cancels the rest of the script, prints a "payment is late" letter, or sends email to the associated account.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 11.0 Description Extended privileges are additional access rights assigned to an account’s privilege set. See About accounts, privilege sets, and extended privileges. Returns an empty list if a user doesn’t have extended privileges assigned to the account used to open the database file.
Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Use this function for FileMaker authentication. If a user is using the default Admin account, Get(AccountName) returns Admin. If a user is using the FileMaker Pro guest account then [Guest] will be returned.
Get(AccountPrivilegeSetName) Purpose Returns the name of the privilege set that is being used by the account used to open the database. See also Get(CurrentPrivilegeSetName) function. Format Get(AccountPrivilegeSetName) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 11.0 Description If a user is using the default Admin account and you haven’t modified access privileges for the database file, this function returns [Full Access].
Get(ActiveFieldContents) Purpose Returns the contents of the field that has the focus. Format Get(ActiveFieldContents) Parameters None Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description When the focus is in a repeating field, this function returns the contents of the active repetition.
Format Get(ActiveFieldName) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns Country, when the focus is in the Country field.
Description If there is no active field, this function returns an empty string. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples There are two fields, Teachers::Name and Coaches::Name, on the current layout.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Naming objects Get(ActiveModifierKeys) Purpose Returns a number representing the keyboard modifier keys (for example, Control+Shift) that are being pressed. Format Get(ActiveModifierKeys) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Get(ActivePortalRowNumber) Purpose Returns the number of the portal row containing the focus. Format Get(ActivePortalRowNumber) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description When no portal row contains the focus, this function returns 0.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Using operators in formulas Get(TriggerModifierKeys) Get(ActiveRepetitionNumber) Purpose Returns a number representing the active repetition of a repeating field (the repetition that has the focus). Format Get(ActiveRepetitionNumber) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(ActiveSelectionSize) Purpose Returns a number representing how many characters are selected. Format Get(ActiveSelectionSize) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Returns 0 if there is no selection. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Returns the cursor's current position if no text is selected. If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, a result is returned for only the foreground window. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, Get(ActiveSelectionStart) returns a value only if the selected text is in a field that displays as an edit box.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1 if Allow user abort script step is on.
Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns 0. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1 if the formatting bar is allowed to be visible.
• German • Swedish • Spanish • Dutch • Japanese • Simplified Chinese • Brazilian Portuguese • Korean Examples Returns English when the current application language is English. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(ApplicationVersion) Purpose Returns text representing the FileMaker application and version.
• Web Publishing Engine version for FileMaker Server Web Client • xDBC version for xDBC Client • Server version for FileMaker Server • Go version for FileMaker Go on the iPhone or iPod touch • Go_iPad version for FileMaker Go on the iPad Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns Pro 13.0v1 in FileMaker Pro 13.0v1.
Examples Returns 5 when FileMaker Pro is calculating the fifth repetition of a repeating field. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(ConnectionAttributes) Purpose Returns the name of the current file’s host and the name of the certificate authority that issued the SSL certificate used to secure the connection.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(ConnectionState) Purpose Returns a number representing the security state of the network connection for the current file. Format Get(ConnectionState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.
Examples Returns 3 when the Server name matches the name indicated in a Server root certificate obtained from a trusted authority. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(CurrentDate) Purpose Returns the current date according to the system calendar. Format Get(CurrentDate) Parameters None Data type returned date Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(CurrentDate)-Date(1;5;2014) returns 4 when the system date is set to January 9, 2014. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(CurrentExtendedPrivileges) Purpose Returns a list of keywords, separated by carriage returns, for the enabled extended privileges. The list that is returned is based on the account that is being used to evaluate this calculation.
Examples The account that is evaluating this calculation uses a privilege set that includes the extended privilege of Access Via FileMaker WebDirect (keyword "fmwebdirect"): Position(Get(CurrentExtendedPrivileges); "fmwebdirect"; 1; 1) returns a value greater than 0.
date/time values. Also, the current date and time are characteristics of the host system, but the format of the date and time is a characteristic of the database file. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Important For users who are connected over a network, the Get(CurrentHostTimestamp) function can affect the performance of the database file.
Description If a user is using the default Admin account and you haven’t modified access privileges for the database file, this function returns [Full Access]. Notes • If you specify the context for the current calculation, this function will be evaluated based on that context; otherwise, it will be evaluated based on the context of the current window. • If you select the Run script with full access privileges script option, this function returns [Full Access].
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The format of the value returned is determined by the operating system settings. Notes • If the calculation result for this script step is set to integer format, it will return the total number of seconds elapsed since the start of the current day. • In client/server and peer-to-peer environments, Get(CurrentTimestamp) evaluates the status of the client machine running the script (not the host machine).
Description The format of the value returned is determined by the operating system settings. Note In client/server and peer-to-peer environments, Get(CurrentTimestamp) evaluates the status of the client machine running the script (not the host machine). For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1/1/2014 11:30:00 AM when the system clock shows January 1, 2014 11:30:00.
GetAsTimestamp ( ( Get ( CurrentTimeUTCMilliseconds ) + ( Location::TimeAdjustment * 3600000 ) ) / 1000 ) returns 11/10/2015 1:43:55.304 PM if the time in UTC is 8:43:55:.304 PM on 11/10/2015 and the TimeAdjustment field has a value of -7. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(CustomMenuSetName) Purpose Returns the name of the active custom menu set.
About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(DesktopPath) Purpose Returns the path to the desktop folder for the current user. Format Get(DesktopPath) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description In Windows, the path format is /Drive:/Users/UserName/Desktop/. In OS X, the path format is /DriveName/Users/username/Desktop/. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string.
Get(Device) Purpose Returns a number indicating the type of computer that is currently running FileMaker Pro or FileMaker WebDirect, or the type of iOS device that is currently running FileMaker Go. Format Get(Device) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.
Format Get(DocumentsPath) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description In Windows, the path format is /Drive:/Users/UserName/Documents/. In OS X, the path format is /DriveName/Users/username/Documents/. When running on FileMaker Server, Get(DocumentsPath) returns the location of the Documents folder, which is in the same folder as the server's Backups, Databases, and Scripts folders.
Get(DocumentsPathListing) Purpose Returns a list of all the files and folders in the Documents folder returned by the Get(DocumentsPath) function. Format Get(DocumentsPathListing) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.0 Description Each pathname in the Documents folder is listed separated by a line break. Files and folders are named according to FileMaker Pro naming conventions.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) Get(DocumentsPath) Get(EncryptionState) Purpose Returns a value representing the file’s current encryption state. Format Get(EncryptionState) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.
Format Get(ErrorCaptureState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1 if the Set Error capture script step is on.
Description In Windows, the path format is /Drive:/Program Files/FileMaker/FileMaker Pro 13/. In OS X, the path format is /DriveName/Applications/FileMaker Pro 13/. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns /C:/Program Files/FileMaker/FileMaker Pro 13/ in Windows.
Examples Returns Contacts when Contacts is the active file. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(FilePath) Purpose Returns the full path indicating the location of the currently active database file. Format Get(FilePath) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(FileSize) Purpose Returns the size (in bytes) of the currently active database file. Format Get(FileSize) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(FoundCount) Purpose Returns a number that represents the number of records in the current found set. Format Get(FoundCount) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, each window can have its own found count value, but results are returned for only the foreground window.
Format Get(HighContrastColor) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns an empty string if Turn high contrast is unavailable, inactive, or if this function is used in OS X. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns: • 0 if Use High Contrast is unavailable, inactive, or if the function is used in OS X. • 1 if Use High Contrast is available and active. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Description Displays a value when used with the same or higher version of FileMaker Pro or FileMaker Server software. If the current database is not shared or hosted, this function returns an empty string. Also returns an empty string when used from the host computer itself. Examples Returns Pro 13.0v1 when the host computer is running FileMaker Pro 13 version 1. Returns ProAdvanced 13.0v1 when the host computer is running FileMaker Pro 13 Advanced version 1. Returns Server 13.
If the current calculation is stored and you specify its context, this function will be evaluated based on that context; otherwise, it will be evaluated based on the context of the current window. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns one of the following when the current database is being hosted: • IPv4: 14.156.13.
Description On the computer that is hosting the database file: • Windows 7: Choose Start menu > Control Panel > System and Security > System > and then click See the name of this computer. Computer name displays the current registered name. • Windows 8: In the navigation panel of a File Explorer window, choose Computer, then choose Computer menu > Open Control Panel > System and Security > System. Computer Name displays the current registered name.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description The Get(InstalledFMPlugins) function is useful for determining whether an installed plug-in is newer or older than a plug-in required by a file. If multiple plug-ins are installed, Get(InstalledFMPlugins) returns values for each plug-in on separate lines, separated by carriage returns. Get(InstalledFMPlugins) returns plug-in version information only when plug-in developers have entered version information in the resource file (Windows) or the info.
Get(LastError) Purpose Returns a number representing the error, if any, in the execution of the most recently executed script step. Format Get(LastError) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use this function to detect and control the outcome of errors. See FileMaker Pro error codes. Notes • OS X: In FileMaker Pro, if an error occurs while performing an AppleScript from the Manage Scripts feature, the AppleScript error code will be returned.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(LastMessageChoice) Purpose Returns a number corresponding to the button clicked in an alert message that is displayed by the Show Custom Dialog script step. Format Get(LastMessageChoice) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(LastODBCError) Purpose Returns a string that shows the error state published by ODBC standards, based on ISO/IEF standards. Format Get(LastODBCError) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description • For ODBC imports and Execute SQL script steps, returns a detailed, textual ODBC error message. • For working with ODBC data sources in the relationships graph, returns the readable error string that is generated by the ODBC driver.
Get(LayoutAccess) Purpose Returns a number based on record access privileges available through the current layout. Format Get(LayoutAccess) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You assign the privileges in the Custom Layout Privileges dialog box.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(LayoutCount) Purpose Returns the total number of layouts in the database file. Format Get(LayoutCount) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 3 when the file has three layouts.
Format Get(LayoutName) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, each window can have its own layout name value, but results are returned for only the foreground window. Notes • You can use the Get(LayoutNumber) function as an alternative to Get(LayoutName) if there are multiple layouts with the same name.
Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, each window can have its own layout number value, but results are returned for only the foreground window. Notes • You can use Get(LayoutNumber) as an alternative to the Get(LayoutName) function if there are multiple layouts with the same name.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description If no windows are open, an empty string is returned. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples There are two layouts, Teachers Layout and Coaches Layout, with corresponding tables named Teachers and Coaches in the table Instructors.
• 2 if the database file is in Table View If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, each window can have its own layout view state value, but results are returned for only the foreground window. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(MultiUserState) Purpose Returns a number representing the level of sharing for the database file using FileMaker Network. Format Get(MultiUserState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(NetworkProtocol) Purpose Returns the name of the network protocol (TCP/IP) that FileMaker Pro is using on this machine. Format Get(NetworkProtocol) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(NetworkType) Purpose In FileMaker Go, returns a number indicating the type of network being used to access the current file. Format Get(NetworkType) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If nothing is being printed or previewed, 0 is returned. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 4 when page 4 is being printed or previewed.
Description Returns a unique, unchanging identifier for the computer on which FileMaker Pro is running, the device on which FileMaker Go is running, or the current FileMaker WebDirect session in the form of a 32-digit hexadecimal string. Get(PersistentID) helps you identify devices that access your solution. Notes • If web browser cookies are cleared during a FileMaker WebDirect session, the value returned by Get(PersistentID) changes.
Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns /C:/Users/John Smith/AppData/Local/ for a user named John Smith in Windows. Returns /MacintoshHD/Users/John Smith/Library/Preferences/ for a user named John Smith in OS X.
• the IP address of the printer If any of this information isn’t available, is inserted in the result (except for queue name in OS X). Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns HP LaserJet 4, WINSPOOL, LPT1 in Windows. Returns 24.109.265.43 in OS X.
Related topics Performing a quick find in Browse mode Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(RecordAccess) Purpose Returns a number based on the current record’s access privileges, assigned through the Custom Record Privileges dialog box. Format Get(RecordAccess) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
• If you specify the context for the current calculation, this function will be evaluated based on that context; otherwise, it will be evaluated based on the context of the current window. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. • See Editing record access privileges for more details about limiting access to records. Examples Returns 1 when the record access is view-only.
• Get(RecordID)may not return a consistent value for records in ODBC data sources. Examples Returns a unique ID for the current record. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(RecordModificationCount) Purpose Returns the total number of times changes to the current record have been committed.
• For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 0 if the record has not been modified since it was created. If changes are made to four fields and all four fields are committed together, the result increments by one. If changes are made to four fields and each change is committed separately, the result increments by four.
• For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 3 when the current record is the third record in a found set.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(RecordOpenState) Purpose Returns a number representing the state of the current record. Format Get(RecordOpenState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.
Get(RequestCount) Purpose Returns the total number of find requests defined for the current table. Format Get(RequestCount) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If there are multiple windows open in the current database file, then results are returned for only the top-most window of the file in which the calculation is defined.
Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Returns 1 if the Omit checkbox is selected; otherwise, returns 0. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1 when the Omit checkbox is selected in the current find request.
Description A value of 8 represents 256 (equal to 28) colors or shades of gray. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns 32. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 32 on a display showing millions (232) of colors. Returns 16 on a display showing thousands (216) of colors. Returns 4 on a VGA display.
each window can have its own screen height value, but results are returned for only the foreground window. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 480 when the screen resolution is set to 640 x 480.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(ScriptAnimationState) Purpose Indicates whether or not animations are enabled for the current script. Format Get(ScriptAnimationState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description Returns 0 if animations are disabled for the current script.
Get(ScriptName) Purpose Returns the name of the script currently running (or paused). Format Get(ScriptName) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns Print Report when the Print Report script is running. Returns Update Customer when the Update Customer script is running.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Use this function as part of a calculation evaluated within a script. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns Print when “Print” was the value of the parameter passed into the current script. The following example shows how to pass a return-delimited list as the parameter.
Get(ScriptResult) Purpose Returns the script result from a performed subscript. Format Get(ScriptResult) Parameters None Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Use this function as part of a calculation evaluated within a script. If a subscript doesn’t return a result, then the content of the script result will be empty.
Get(SortState) Purpose Returns a value representing the current sort state. Format Get(SortState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns: • 0 if the records in the active table are not sorted • 1 if the records in the active table are sorted • 2 if the records in the active table are partially sorted (semi-sorted) Each window has its own sort state.
Get(StatusAreaState) Purpose Returns a number indicating the current status toolbar state. Format Get(StatusAreaState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(SystemDrive) Purpose Returns the drive letter (Windows) or volume name (OS X) where the currently running operating system is located. Format Get(SystemDrive) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description IP addresses are separated by carriage returns. In FileMaker WebDirect, Get(SystemIPAddress) returns the IP address of the interface used to connect to the host. Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Get(SystemLanguage) Purpose Returns the language currently set on the current system. Format Get(SystemLanguage) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Get(SystemLanguage) is evaluated on the system preference that is set for Region on the Formats tab. The text that is returned is in the English language. For hosted databases, Get(SystemLanguage) returns the client’s current system language.
Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Values in the list returned by this function are separated by carriage returns. The address consists of 6 bytes displayed in hexadecimal separated by colons. In Windows, find this address by typing the command “ipconfig /All” in a DOS window. In OS X, find this address under Network Overview in the System Profile tab under Applications/Utilities/Apple System Profiler.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns: • 1 if the current platform is Intel-based Macs • -2 if the platform is Windows • 3 if the platform is iOS • 4 if the platform is FileMaker WebDirect Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Get(SystemPlatform) returns -2 when the current platform is a Windows platform.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns: • 6.1 for Windows 7 • 6.2 for Windows 8 • 10.7 for OS X version 10.7 • 10.8 for OS X version 10.
Get(TemporaryPath) Purpose Returns the path to the temporary folder that FileMaker Pro uses for the current user, or the path that FileMaker Server uses on the system. Format Get(TemporaryPath) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 9.0 Description The temporary folder name begins with S, followed by a number representing the session of the database engine during which the operation took place.
In OS X, returns: //private/var/folders/<2 characters>/<20 characters>++++TI/Cleanup at Startup/S/ where DriveName is the name of your hard disk. S is the name of the folder in which the temporary files are placed (for example, S1); is a number representing the database engine session during which the operation took place. The location may vary due to different variables on the OS, but should follow a similar pattern.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(TotalRecordCount) Purpose Returns the total number of records in the current table. Format Get(TotalRecordCount) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Get(TriggerCurrentPanel) Purpose Returns the index and the object name of the current tab panel or slide panel (the panel to be switched from) when the OnPanelSwitch script trigger is activated. Format Get(TriggerCurrentPanel) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description Use with the Get(TriggerTargetPanel) function.
Get(TriggerGestureInfo) Purpose In FileMaker Go, returns details about the gesture that activated an OnGestureTap trigger. Format Get(TriggerGestureInfo) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.
400 600 Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(TriggerKeystroke) Purpose Returns a string containing the characters that activated an OnObjectKeystroke or OnLayoutKeystroke script trigger. Multiple characters may be returned when the input comes from an input method editor (IME).
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(TriggerModifierKeys) Purpose Returns the state of the keyboard modifier keys as they were when a script trigger was activated. Format Get(TriggerModifierKeys) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.
Examples • The following example will only display a custom dialog box when lowercase “a” is entered: If [Get(TriggerKeystroke)=“a” and Get(TriggerModifierKeys)=0] Show Custom Dialog [“You entered \”a\”.”] End If • The value 9 is returned when Shift-Option is pressed on a computer running OS X.
Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
• For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 5 when there are 4 clients accessing the database file.
Examples Returns Sharon Lloyd when Sharon Lloyd is the current user. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(UseSystemFormatsState) Purpose Returns a Boolean value representing the state of the Use System Formats command in the Format menu. Format Get(UseSystemFormatsState) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(UUID) Purpose Returns text representing a Universally Unique Identifier (UUID). Format Get(UUID) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description Returns a unique 16-byte (128-bit) string. For example, you can use this function to generate a unique ID of a record. For unstored calculations, returns a new string each time Get(UUID) is evaluated.
Get(WindowContentHeight) Purpose Returns the height, in points, of the FileMaker Pro content area. Format Get(WindowContentHeight) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The content area depends on the current size of the active window but doesn’t include the title bar, scroll bars, zoom controls, and page margins. The content area is the space inside these controls. It does not include the status toolbar if it is currently showing.
Get(WindowContentWidth) Purpose Returns the width, in points, of the FileMaker Pro content area. Format Get(WindowContentWidth) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The content area depends on the current size of the active window but doesn’t include the title bar, scroll bars, zoom controls, or page margins. The content area is the space inside these controls.
Get(WindowDesktopHeight) Purpose Returns the height, in points, of the desktop space. Format Get(WindowDesktopHeight) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description In Windows, the desktop space is the area inside the MDI window (sometimes referred to as the client area). This doesn’t include any virtual space available through the scrolling of the MDI window.
Get(WindowDesktopWidth) Purpose Returns the width, in points, of the desktop space. Format Get(WindowDesktopWidth) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description In Windows, the desktop space is the space inside the MDI window (sometimes referred to as the client area). In OS X, the desktop space is the area on the monitor in which the active window is located excluding menu bars. In FileMaker WebDirect, the desktop space is the area on the main monitor.
Get(WindowHeight) Purpose Returns the height, in points, of the window on which the script is acting (not necessarily the foreground window). Format Get(WindowHeight) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The height of the window is calculated from the top to bottom outer edges of the window. This position doesn’t include shadows or other effects applied to windows.
Format Get(WindowLeft) Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The origin of the reference coordinate system is at the left-most corner below the menu bar. A negative value indicates the portion of the left side of the window that is hidden. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns: • 0 for Browse mode • 1 for Find mode • 2 for Preview mode • 3 if printing is in progress • 4 (FileMaker Pro Advanced) if evaluating the function from the Data Viewer and the current window is in Layout mode If a script using this function runs while the file is in Layout mode, FileMaker Pro switches to Browse mode and returns 0.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Returns an empty string if there is no window. Notes • You can set the window name with the Set Window Title script step. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples There are two windows, Teachers and Students, displaying the same layout that includes an unstored calculation Calc containing Get(WindowName).
Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description Returns: • -2 for landscape left • -1 for landscape right • 0 for square (FileMaker Pro and FileMaker WebDirect only) • 1 for portrait • 2 for portrait upside down Examples If the window that the current script is acting on is in portrait orientation, Get(WindowOrientation) returns 1. You have a calculation field named Orientation that uses Get(WindowOrientation) to return a value as listed above.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description Returns: • 0 (zero) if the window is a document window • 1 if the window is a floating document window • 2 if the window is a dialog window Examples Returns 0 if the current window is a document window when the function is evaluated. Returns 1 if the current window is a floating document window when the function is evaluated. Returns 2 if the current window is a dialog window when the function is evaluated.
Description The origin of the reference coordinate system is at the left-most corner below the menu bar. A negative value indicates the portion of the top part of the window that is hidden behind the menu bar. Notes • In FileMaker WebDirect, this function is not supported and returns an empty string. • For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com.
Note For information on how functions evaluate differently on the host versus the client, search the FileMaker Knowledge Base available at http://help.filemaker.com. Examples Returns 1 when the current window is physically visible. Returns 0 when the current window has been hidden using the Hide Window command in FileMaker Pro.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Get(WindowZoomLevel) Purpose Returns the zoom percentage of the current window. Format Get(WindowZoomLevel) Parameters None Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.
Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas FILEMAKER PRO HELP 837
Logical functions Logical functions test for a condition to evaluate it as true or false. This is known as a Boolean value. If the condition is true, FileMaker Pro returns a 1; if the condition is false, FileMaker Pro returns a 0. You can use the keywords True and False with logical functions and operators when a Boolean value is needed. Keyword True returns 1 and keyword False returns 0.
Case Purpose Returns one of several possible results based on a series of tests. Format Case(test1;result1{;test2;result2;...;defaultResult}) Parameters test - any text or numeric expression. result - result corresponding to the expression. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Choose Purpose Returns one result value, according to the integer value of test. Format Choose(test;result0{;result1;result2...}) Parameters test - Any integer calculation. The calculation result of test must be a number that indexes into the list that follows. Because the index is a 0-based index, the test result must be 0 to access the first result. result - one or more results. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional.
Evaluate Purpose Evaluates expression as a calculation. Format Evaluate(expression{;[field1;field2;field3;...]}) Parameters expression - any text expression or text field. fields - a list of fields that this function is dependent on. When these fields are modified, the calculation will update its result. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Notice that the optional field list is enclosed in square brackets [ ].
The following example shows how to pass named parameters, while keeping the ability to check the syntax of the second parameter of the Let function (the example returns 6, 12): ScriptParameter = "a = 5; b = 10" Let( [a = Evaluate("Let( [" & Get(ScriptParameter) & "]; a )"), b = Evaluate("Let( [" & Get(ScriptParameter) & "]; b )")]; a + 1 & ", " & b + 2 ) Note The Evaluate function evaluates an expression, including field values to be evaluated as a calculation formula.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description There are two types of errors: syntax and runtime. A syntax error indicates an invalid calculation. A runtime error, such as Field missing or Record missing, occurs when the calculation currently being run is valid but cannot properly execute. See FileMaker Pro error codes for a list of error codes and messages. Note The EvaluationError function must enclose the Evaluate function to return any syntax errors.
rowSeparator - the character string used as a separator between records in the result. If an empty string is specified, the separator is a carriage return. The row separator is not displayed after the last row in the result. arguments- one or more expressions that are evaluated and used as values for the dynamic parameters in the query statement. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.
Employees EmpID Last Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 Smith Ogawa Durand Garcia Mehmet Ferrini Department Development Development Quality Assurance Quality Assurance Documentation Marketing Salaries EmpID Salary 1 2 3 4 5 6 98000 87000 86000 90000 89000 121000 Note The Salaries::Salary field is a number field. You want to add a field to the Employees table that displays the percentage of an employee’s salary relative to the total salaries in a department.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Returns a Boolean value. Examples GetAsBoolean(“”) returns 0. GetAsBoolean(“Some text here.”) returns 0. GetAsBoolean(Container Field) returns 1 when the field named Container Field contains data, or returns 0 when Container Field is empty.
Examples Suppose you have the fields Arrow and Target. Arrow contains the text string Target, and Target contains the text string Bullseye. • GetField(“Arrow”) returns Target. Notice the use of quotation marks around Arrow to indicate the literal string is the fieldName parameter. • GetField(Arrow) returns Bullseye. Notice the absence of quotation marks to indicate the value stored in the Arrow field is the fieldName parameter. Suppose you have the fields FirstName and LastName.
Examples GetFieldName(x) returns the name of a field reference passed into a custom function as parameter x. GetFieldName(Evaluate()) returns the name of a field based on the data stored in . GetFieldName(Evaluate(Get(ActiveFieldName))) returns the fully qualified name of the field that has the focus when executed.
hasFocus - returns 1 (True) if objectName is currently active, otherwise returns 0 (False). Objects that can have the focus are fields, portals, tab panels, slide panels, buttons, popover buttons, charts, and groups. Also returns 1 for a portal when a portal row is selected. containsFocus - returns 1 (True) if objectName is currently active or if it contains an active object; otherwise returns 0 (False).
isobjecthidden - returns 1 (True) if objectName is hidden for the current record. Otherwise, returns 0 (False). Returns 1 for objects other than popovers that are to the right of the layout boundary. Notes • If objects are set to auto-resize, attributes returned are based on the resized bounds of the object in its current state. • If objects are located above the status toolbar, negative coordinate values are returned.
Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description The result of GetNthRecord() will not be updated when the record referred to by GetNthRecord() is a record other than the one in which the calculation is currently being evaluated. GetNthRecord of the current table returns the Nth record of the found set according to how the current table is sorted.
result1 - expression or field name result2 - expression or field name Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If test is True (any non-zero numeric result), FileMaker Pro returns result1. If test is False (0), result2 is returned. Test must be an expression that returns either a numeric or Boolean (True, False) result. Notes • If you have more than two possible results, consider using the Case function.
Parameters field - any field name, text expression, or numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples IsEmpty(OrderNum) returns 1 if the OrderNum field is empty. If(IsEmpty(LastName);“Invalid record”;““) displays Invalid Record if the LastName field is blank, but displays nothing if there is an entry in LastName. IsEmpty(Payments::DatePaid) returns 1 if, for example, the Payments table has been moved or renamed. IsEmpty(“text”) returns 0.
Description Returns 0 (False) if: • A record contains an invalid value because of a field type mismatch (text in a date field, for example) • FileMaker Pro cannot locate (temporarily or permanently) the related table in which the referenced field is defined • A field has been deleted from a related table, and therefore the references to that field in the source table are invalid Otherwise, it returns 1 (the data is valid).
Examples IsValidExpression(calculationField) returns 1 (true) if calculationField contains total + 1. IsValidExpression(calculationField) returns 0 (false) if calculationField contains abs(-1 with no closing parenthesis.
Let([$variable[repetition]=value;$$variable2=value2]{;calculation} ) The Let function sets the variables from left to right. You can use previously defined variables (for example, variables that you defined with the Set Variable script step) to define new variable values, and you can nest one Let function within another. If you use a previously defined variable within a nested Let function, the variable has scope only within the nested function (as if you had defined a completely unique variable).
Lookup Purpose Returns the value specified in sourceField using the relationships in the relationships graph. The result of the optional failExpression will be returned if the lookup fails. Format Lookup(sourceField{;failExpression}) Parameters sourceField - the field from which the lookup value is taken. failExpression - any expression. Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp, container Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.
The People and Company tables are related using the number field CompanyID. The calculation CompanyName = Lookup(Company::CompanyName;“Not found”) defined in the People table will return Apple for the first record, FileMaker for the second record, and Not found for the third record.
the higher flag instead of Lookup because the weight of an item may not exactly match the maximum weight, therefore we want to find the next highest value. There are two tables, Items and Shipping Costs, in a database file containing data as shown below. Items table Item Weight Lamp 8 Chair 22 Desk 60 Bed 120 Rate Lookup Shipping Costs table Rate Code Maximum Weight A 25 B 50 C 100 D 150 The two tables are related by Weight and Max Weight.
Format Self Parameters None Data type returned text, number, date, time, timestamp Originated in FileMaker Pro 9.0 Description The Self function provides a way for a calculation to reference the object with which it is associated without having to explicitly reference the object. Use Self to create a single calculation formula that can be applied to different objects.
This function Returns Location The current latitude and longitude of an iOS device running FileMaker Go and the horizontal accuracy of the values returned. LocationValues The current latitude, longitude, and altitude of an iOS device running FileMaker Go; the horizontal and vertical accuracy of the values returned; and the number of minutes since the values were returned.
Note To avoid excessive battery consumption and repeat fetches, specify a smaller number for timeout. Examples Location ( 100; 40 ) takes up to 40 seconds to return the latitude and longitude with an accuracy of 100 meters. +110.230000, -131.340000, +65.000000 Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) LocationValues LocationValues Purpose Returns the current latitude, longitude, and altitude on an iOS device running FileMaker Go.
LocationValues fetches the location values until the requested accuracy is met or until timeout. If you cancel the process, FileMaker Go returns the most accurate location in the cache (if any). If no location is received, FileMaker Go returns an empty string. In FileMaker Pro, LocationValues returns an empty string. Note To avoid excessive battery consumption and repeat fetches, specify a larger number for accuracy and a smaller number for timeout.
This function Returns Mod The remainder after a specified number is divided by divisor. Random A random number between zero and one. Round A number rounded off to the specified precision (number of decimal places). SetPrecision Any math functions contained within the specified expression to the specified digits of precision, if the math function supports extended precision. Sign One of three possible values: -1 when the specified number is negative, 0 when it's zero, and 1 when it's positive.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Ceiling Purpose Returns number rounded up to the next integer. Format Ceiling(number) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Examples Ceiling(1.25) returns 2. Ceiling(-1.25) returns -1.
Format Combination(setSize;numberOfChoices) Parameters setSize - any numeric expression or field containing a non-negative numeric expression numberOfChoices - any numeric expression or field containing a non-negative numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description This function is useful in statistics, combinatorics, and polynomial expansions. The values returned by this function are referred to as combination coefficients. They form Pascal’s triangle.
Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression divisor - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Examples Div(2.5;2) returns 1. Div(-2.5;2) returns -2.
Examples Exp(1) returns 2.71828182.... Exp(Ln(2)) returns 2. Exp(0) returns 1. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Factorial Purpose Returns the factorial of number stopping at 1 or stopping at the optional numberOfFactors. Format Factorial(number{;numberOfFactors}) Parameters number - numeric expression or field containing a positive integer.
Factorial(10;3) returns 720, which = 10 * 9 * 8. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Floor Purpose Returns number rounded down to the next lower integer. Format Floor(number) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Examples Floor(1.25) returns 1. Floor(-1.
Format Int(number) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Int(1.45) returns 1. Int(-3.9) returns -3. Int(123.9) returns 123. Int(Players/3) returns 4, if Players contains 13.
Description Number can be any positive value. Negative values return an error. For 0, the Lg function returns nothing because this value is out of the acceptable range. Ln(number) Lg = --------------------------------Ln(2) Examples Lg(1) = 0 Lg(2) = 1 Lg(32) = 5 Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Ln Purpose Returns the base-e (natural) logarithm of number.
Ln(Exp(5)) returns 5. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Log Purpose Returns the base-10 (common) logarithm of number. Format Log(number) Parameters number - any positive numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Number can be any positive value.
Mod Purpose Returns the remainder after number is divided by divisor. Format Mod(number;divisor) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression divisor - numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use the Mod function to test whether a number is even or odd by specifying a divisor of 2. If the result is zero, then the number is even; otherwise, it’s odd.
Random Purpose Returns a number between zero and one, including zero, but not including one. Format Random Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Returns a pseudo-random number in the range (0,1).
Round Purpose Returns number rounded off to the specified precision (number of decimal places). Format Round(number;precision) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression precision - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Format SetPrecision(expression;precision) Parameters expression - any numeric expression precision - any number or numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description All functions except trigonometric functions support extended precision. This function doesn’t perform a truncation. Examples SetPrecision(5/9;30) returns 0.555555555555555555555555555556. SetPrecision(1.321321321321321321321321321;0) returns 1.3213213213213213.
Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Sign(15.12) returns 1. Sign(-175) returns -1. Sign(BalanceDue) returns 0, if BalanceDue is a number field containing 0.
Examples Sqrt(4) returns 2. Sqrt(SquareFeet) returns 6 if the SquareFeet number field contains 36. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Truncate Purpose Returns number truncated to the specified precision (number of decimal places).
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Repeating functions Repeating functions perform calculations on repeating fields. Click a function name for details. This function Returns Extend In a calculation involving both repeating and non-repeating fields, allows a value in a non-repeating field to be used with every repetition in a repeating field.
Description Use the Extend function with calculations involving both repeating and non-repeating fields. Without the Extend function, the value in non-repeatingField is used only with the first repetition in the repeating field. Examples Extend(TaxRate) * Quantity * ItemPrice returns 1.197, .6606, and 1.497 when TaxRate contains .06; the repeating field Quantity contains 1, 3, and 5; and the repeating field ItemPrice contains 19.95, 3.67, and 4.99.
GetRepetition(ParcelBids;2) returns 1200. GetRepetition(if(IsEmpty(ParcelBids) ≠ true, ParcelBids, HouseBids);2) returns 1200. GetRepetition(ParcelBids;5) returns nothing. Note You can also find the contents of a particular repetition in a repeating field using square brackets [ ] as array operators. For example, ParcelBids[2] returns 1200. See Getting the contents of a repetition in a repeating field.
Last(Payments::PaymentDate) returns the payment date in the last matching record in the Payments table. Last(if(IsEmpty(Company);PersonalPhone;WorkPhone)) returns the last non-empty phone number from the repeating field PersonalPhone when the Company field is empty. If the Company field is not empty, the function returns the last non-empty phone number from the repeating field WorkPhone.
Parameters summaryField - field of type summary, or an expression that returns a reference to one. breakField - field, or an expression that returns a reference to one. To calculate a grand summary value, use the same summary field for both the summary field and the break field parameters. GetSummary must be set up in the same table as the break field. Data type returned number, date, time, timestamp Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This function produces subsummary values.
Text functions Text functions can be used to analyze, rearrange, extract, and build text strings. For example, you could use the MiddleWords function to extract specific words from supplied text. Text functions operate on these parameters: • fields of type text • text constants (in quotation marks) • expressions having a text result Click a function name for details. This function Returns Char Returns the characters for the Unicode code points in the number.
This function Returns Length The number of characters in the specified text, including all spaces, numbers, and special characters. Lower All letters in the specified text as lowercase. Middle The specified number of characters in the text, starting at a specified character position. MiddleValues The specified number of values in the text, starting with a specified value. MiddleWords The specified number of words in the text, starting with a specified word.
Format Char(number) Parameters number - a decimal number representing one or more Unicode code points Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.0 Description Each group of five digits in the number is treated as a Unicode code point, and the character for each five-digit group is returned in the text. If the number is 0, the function returns an empty string. If the number is between 1 and 99,999, the function returns a single character.
Code Purpose Returns the Unicode code points for the characters in the text. Format Code(text) Parameters text - one or more characters Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.0 Description Returns the Unicode code points for the characters in text. If zero characters are in text, returns an empty string. If one character is in the text, the function returns the code point for that character.
Key Pressed Is reported as Notes forward delete 127 Corresponds to Unicode/ASCII code for Delete Note If there are too many characters to be represented in the FileMaker number field type, the function returns a NaN (Not a Number) value. Examples Code(“”) returns an empty string. Code(“a”) returns 97. Code(“b”) returns 98. Code(“ab”) returns 9800097. Code(“ä”) returns 228. Code(“ä”)(an a followed by a dieresis character entered in a separate keystroke) returns 77600097.
Description For text to match exactly, the uppercase and lowercase usage must be the same. For container fields, the data must be stored in the same manner (either embedded, or stored by reference). Note When evaluating values, text attributes such as font, styles, and sizes are not considered. Tip If case isn't important, use the Lower or Upper function on both parameters to process data before checking for an exact match. Examples Exact(“McDonald”;“McDonald”) returns 1 (True).
Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description If filterText doesn’t have any characters, an empty string is returned. The Filter function is case-sensitive. Examples Filter(“(408)555-1212”;“0123456789”) returns 4085551212. Filter(“AaBb”;“AB”) returns AB.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description If filterValues doesn’t have any values, an empty string is returned. Values are text items separated by carriage returns. A value can be empty, a single character, a word, a sentence, or a paragraph. When you press Enter or Return, you start creating a new value. The last value will be recognized with or without a carriage return.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description CSS format is an internet text format similar to HTML. CSS supports more text formats than HTML, so CSS will represent what you have typed more accurately. Note The GetAsCSS function does not return formats that are set in the Conditional Formatting dialog box.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use the GetAsDate or Date function to enter a date constant into a formula. The format of text date must be the same as the date format on the system where the file was created. You can also use this function to convert the number of days to a date. If you specify a number as the parameter, it has to be between 1 (for 1/1/0001) and 1460970 (for 12/31/4000).
Parameters text - any text expression or text field containing numbers Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This function drops all non-numeric characters from text. If zero numeric characters are in text, returns an empty string. You can also use this function to convert a date to the number of days. The returned number is the number of days since 1/1/0001. Examples GetAsNumber(“FY98”) returns 98. GetAsNumber(“$1,254.50”) returns 1254.5.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description SVG is an internet text format similar to HTML or CSS. SVG supports more text formats than HTML, so SVG will represent what you have typed more accurately. Note The GetAsSVG function does not return formats that are set in the Conditional Formatting dialog box.
Parameters data - any number, date, time or timestamp expression, or a field containing a number, date, time, timestamp, or container Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The data returned can be a field type number, date, time, timestamp, or container.
Parameters text - any text expression or text field containing a time Data type returned time Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use the GetAsTime or the Time function to enter a time constant into a formula. The format of the supplied time must be the same as the time format on the system where the file was created. Examples GetAsTime(“02:47:35”) returns 2:47:35 when you select time as the calculation result. You can perform time calculations on this result.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Text strings must be in the form of a date followed by a time. A number is considered to be the number of seconds since 1/1/0001. There are 86400 seconds in each day. Examples GetAsTimestamp(“4/5/2014 4:05:06”) returns 4/5/2014 4:05:06 AM. GetAsTimestamp(50000) returns 1/1/0001 1:53:20 PM.
Examples GetAsURLEncoded("Hello") returns Hello. GetAsURLEncoded("San Francisco") returns San%20Francisco. GetAsURLEncoded("français") returns fran%c3%a7ais. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Defining a custom web address GetValue Purpose Returns the requested value given by valueNumber from listOfValues.
Examples GetValue(“London¶Paris¶Hong Kong”;2) returns Paris Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Hiragana Purpose Converts Katakana (Hankaku and Zenkaku) in text to Hiragana. Format Hiragana(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
KanaHankaku Purpose Converts Zenkaku Katakana to Hankaku Katakana. Format KanaHankaku(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples KanaHankaku(“ “) returns Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas KanaZenkaku Purpose Converts Hankaku Katakana to Zenkaku Katakana.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples KanaZenkaku(“ “) returns Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas KanjiNumeral Purpose Converts Arabic numerals to Kanji numeral. Format KanjiNumeral(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Katakana Purpose Converts from Hiragana to Zenkaku Katakana. Format Katakana(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Katakana(“ “) returns Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Left Purpose Returns numberOfCharacters in text, counting from the left.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Left(“Manufacturing”;4) returns Manu. Left(Name;Position(Name;“ “;1;1)) returns Sophie, when the Name field contains Sophie Tang. Left(PostalCode;3) & Upper(Left(LastName;4)) returns 481JOHN when the PostalCode field contains 48187 and LastName contains Johnson.
Each returned value ends with a carriage return, allowing lists to be easily concatenated.
Note Characters such as the ampersand (&) and hyphen (-) can be used to identify the beginning of a new word. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Length Purpose Returns the number of characters in field, including all spaces, numbers, and special characters.
Using operators in formulas Lower Purpose Returns all letters in text as lowercase. Format Lower(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Note To change how a field displays without modifying its contents, see Text formatting functions. Examples Lower(“ABCD”) returns abcd. Lower(Course) returns history, when the Course field contains History. Lower(“YOUR BILL IS OVERDUE”) returns your bill is overdue.
Format Middle(text;start;numberOfCharacters) Parameters text - any text expression or text field start - any numeric expression or field containing a number numberOfCharacters - any numeric expression or field containing a number Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Middle(“(408)555-9054”;2;3) returns 408. Middle(PhoneNumber;2;3) returns 408 when the PhoneNumber field contains (408) 555-9054. Middle(“abcdefghij”;5;2) returns ef.
Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Values are text items separated by carriage returns. A value can be empty, a single character, a word, a sentence or a paragraph. When you press Return you start creating a new value. The last value will be recognized with or without a carriage return. Each value that is returned ends with a carriage return, allowing lists to be easily concatenated.
Parameters text - any text expression or text field startingWord - any numeric expression or field containing a number numberOfWords - any numeric expression or field containing a number Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples MiddleWords(“Plaid Canvas Suitcase”;2;2) returns Canvas Suitcase. MiddleWords(Name;1;2) returns Brigitte Erika, when the Name field contains Brigitte Erika Durand.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If the value for separator and characterType are blank or other than 0 to 3, then 0 is used.
Parameters text - any text expression or text field searchString - any text expression or text field representing the set of characters you want to find Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This function is not case-sensitive. Examples PatternCount(“Mississippi”;“is”) returns 2. PatternCount(“Mississippi”;“issi”) returns 1 (the function isn’t inclusive).
occurrence - any numeric expression or field containing a number, representing which instance of the text string you want to find. A negative occurrence value causes the scan to go in the opposite direction from start. A zero value for occurrence is invalid and returns a result of zero. Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This function is not case-sensitive. If searchString isn’t contained in text or if there was no specified occurrence, zero is returned.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Proper(“ABCD”) returns Abcd. Proper(Name) returns Yumiko Kitagawa, when the Name field contains YUMIKO KITAGAWA. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Quote Purpose Returns the text form of text enclosed in quotation marks.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Replace Purpose Replaces a string of characters in text with replacementText.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Right Purpose Returns the specified numberOfCharacters in text, counting from the right. Format Right(text;numberOfCharacters) Parameters text - any text expression or text field numberOfCharacters - any numeric expression or field containing a number Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
RightValues Purpose Returns a text result containing the specified numberOfValues in text, counting from the right. Format RightValues(text;numberOfValues) Parameters text - any text expression or text field numberOfValues - any numeric expression or field containing a number Important See Design functions for information about literal text parameters. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Values are text items separated by carriage returns.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas RightWords Purpose Returns a text result containing the numberOfWords in text, counting from the right. Format RightWords(text;numberOfWords) Parameters text - any text expression or text field numberOfWords - any numeric expression or field containing a number Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
RomanHankaku Purpose Converts from Zenkaku alphanumeric and symbols to Hankaku alphanumeric and symbols. Format RomanHankaku(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples RomanHankaku(“M a c i n t o s h”) returns Macintosh.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples RomanZenkaku(“Macintosh”) returns M a c i n t o s h. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas SerialIncrement Purpose Returns the combined text and numbers specified by text, with the numbers in text incremented by the specified amount.
SerialIncrement(“abc12”;-1) returns abc11. SerialIncrement(“abc12”;1.2) returns abc13. SerialIncrement(“abc1.2”;1.2) returns abc1.3. In the example below any character other than a number is considered as a separator and the number on the far right is incremented. SerialIncrement(“abc123;999”;1) returns abc123;1000.
Examples Substitute(Description;“WYSIWYG.”;“What you see is what you get.”) replaces every occurrence of the acronym “WYSIWYG.” in the Description field with the phrase What you see is what you get. Substitute(text;[“a”;“A”];[“b”;“B”]) replaces every lowercase a or b with A or B.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas TrimAll Purpose Returns a copy of text with specified spaces removed or inserted. Use to work with spaces between text or non-Roman spaces such as full- and half-width spaces; otherwise, use Trim.
Spaces are removed or inserted depending on the value of trimType, as given in the following tables: This trimType value Does this 0 Removes all spaces between non-Roman and Roman characters (always leave one space between Roman words). 1 Always includes a half-width space between non-Roman and Roman characters (always leave one space between Roman words).
Format Upper(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use the Upper function to ensure consistent data entry of such things as state abbreviations or postal codes. Note To change how a field displays without modifying its contents, see Text formatting functions. Examples Upper(“Ca”) returns CA. Upper(“12n34p”) returns 12N34P.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Values are text items separated by carriage returns. You can place several items together to create a carriage-return-delimited list of values. A value can be empty, a single character, a word, a sentence, or a paragraph. When you press Return you start creating a new value. The last value will be recognized with or without a carriage return.
Examples WordCount(“The sun is rising.”) returns 4. WordCount(Letter) returns the total number of words in the Letter field. Note Characters such as the ampersand (&) and hyphen (-) can be used to identify the beginning of a new word.
RGB Purpose Returns an integer number from 0 to 16777215 obtained by combining the red, green, and blue values (each ranging from 0 to 255) to represent a color.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas TextColor Purpose Changes the color of text to the color specified by the RGB function.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas TextColorRemove Purpose Removes all font colors in text, or removes the font color specified by the RGB function. Format TextColorRemove(text{;RGB(red;green;blue)}) Parameters text - any text expression or text field.
Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Formatting text TextFont Purpose Changes the font of text to the specified fontName or optional {fontScript}. Format TextFont(text;fontName{;fontScript}) Parameters text - any text expression or text field. fontName - any font name expressed in text. {fontScript} - the name of a character set that contains characters required for writing in the specified language.
• ShiftJIS • TraditionalChinese • SimplifiedChinese • OEM • Symbol • Other Examples TextFont(“Plaid”;“Courier”) returns the word Plaid in the Courier font. TextFont(“Plaid”;“Arial”) returns the word Plaid in the Arial font. TextFont(“Plaid”;“Arial”;Cyrillic) returns the word Plaid in the Arial font in the font script of Cyrillic. TextSize( TextFont( TextColor( MyTable::MyText; RGB( 0 ; 125 ; 125 ) ); "Courier" ) ; 12) returns the text contained in MyTable::MyText formatted as 12pt.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Use this function to revert text to the default for the field. If you don’t specify a font, all of the text displays in the default font that was set in Layout mode for the field.
About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Formatting text TextFormatRemove Purpose Removes all text formatting from text in a single action. Format TextFormatRemove(text) Parameters text - any text expression or text field Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Use this function to remove all fonts, styles, font sizes, and font colors from the specified text.
Format TextSize(text;fontSize) Parameters text - any text expression or text or number field fontSize - any font size expressed as an integer Data type returned text, number Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The font size is described in points (72 points to the inch). Text formatting options will be lost if the data type that is returned is something other than text or number. Examples TextSize(“Plaid”;18) returns the word Plaid in 18 point text.
Parameters in curly braces { } are optional. Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description Use this function to revert text to the default font size for the field. If you don’t specify a size, all of the text displays in the default font size that was set in Layout mode for the field.
Data type returned text Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description You can add multiple styles by using the + operator between style names. Negative values are not valid. All styles will be removed, if the only style specified is Plain. Plain is ignored if mixed with other styles. Styles are not case-sensitive and do not contain spaces. Text formatting options will be lost if the field type that is returned is something other than text.
Let([TitleStyle=Smallcaps+Titlecase;BodyStyle=Plain]; TextStyleAdd(titleField;titleStyle)&"¶¶" & TextStyleAdd(bodyField;BodyStyle)) In the following example, to find every occurrence of several words and change their style, use the Substitute function combined with the TextStyleAdd function.
• Underline • HighlightYellow • Condense • Extend • Strikethrough • SmallCaps • Superscript • Subscript • Uppercase • Lowercase • Titlecase • WordUnderline • DoubleUnderline • AllStyles (all available styles) Examples TextStyleRemove(“Plaid”;Italic) returns the word Plaid with the italics style removed. TextStyleRemove(FirstName;Bold + Underline) returns Sophie with the bold and underlined styles removed when the FirstName field contains Sophie.
Note You can also use the Timestamp function for time information. SeeTimestamp. Related topics About functions About formulas Hour Purpose Returns a number representing the hour portion (0-23) of a specified time. Format Hour(time) Parameters time - any time value or field of type time Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Hour(“12:15:23”) returns 12. Hour(Duration) + (Minute(Duration)/60) returns 2.5, when the Duration time field contains 2:30:15.
Minute Purpose Returns a number representing the minute portion (0-59) of a specified time. Format Minute(time) Parameters time - any time value or field of type time Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Minute(“12:15:23”) returns 15. Hour(Duration) + (Minute(Duration)/60) returns 2.5, if the Duration time field contains 2:30:15. Note If no minute value is specified, 0 is returned.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Seconds(“12:15:23”) returns 23. Note If no seconds value is specified, 0 is returned. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Time Purpose Returns a time result with the specified number of hours, minutes, and seconds.
Examples Time(4;14;32) returns 4:14:32. Time(4.5;10;30) returns 4:40:30. Time(4;15;70) returns 4:16:10. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Timestamp functions Timestamps are used for a wide variety of synchronization purposes, such as marking the exact date and time at which a particular event occurred.
Description The format of the result depends on the date and time formats that were in use when the database file was created. You can change the date and time formats in your operating system. Examples Timestamp(Date(10;11;2014);Time(9;10;30)) returns 10/11/2014 9:10:30 AM. Timestamp(Date(10;11;2014);Time(13;10;30)) returns 10/11/2014 1:10:30 PM. Timestamp(Date(10;11;2014);Time(10;65;5)) returns 10/11/2014 11:05:05 AM. Timestamp(Date(10;35;2014);Time(4;5;6)) returns 11/4/2014 4:05:06 AM.
Acos Purpose Returns the arccosine (Acos), or inverse cosine, of number. Format Acos (number) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression in the range -1 to 1 Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 9.0 Description The arccosine is the angle whose cosine is number. The returned angle is given in radians in the range 0 (zero) to Pi. The input number parameter must be between -1 and 1.
Format Asin (number) Parameters number - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression in the range -1 to 1 Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 9.0 Description The arcsine is the angle whose sine is number. The returned angle is given in radians in the range Pi/2 to Pi/2. The input number parameter must be between -1 and 1. To express the arcsine in degrees, multiply the result by 180/Pi or use the Degrees function. Examples Asin(-0.5) returns -0.523598776. Asin(-0.
Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The arc tangent is the angle, in radians, whose tangent is equal to the specified number. Examples Atan(1) returns .78539816.... Degrees(Atan(1)) returns 45. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Cos Purpose Returns the cosine (Cos) of angleInRadians.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Degrees Purpose Converts angleInRadians to degrees. Format Degrees(angleInRadians) Parameters angleInRadians - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression, in radians Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Pi Purpose Calculates the value of the constant Pi (π), which is approximately 3.14159. Format Pi Parameters None Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Examples Pi * 15 returns 47.124. Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Radians Purpose Converts angleInDegrees to radians.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The parameters for FileMaker Pro trigonometric functions must be expressed in radians. If the values you want to use as parameters in a trigonometric equation are in degrees, use this function to convert them to radians first. A degree is equal to Pi/180 radians. π • angleInDegrees Radians = ----------------------------------------------------180 Examples Radians(45) returns .78539816.... Sin(Radians(30)) returns .5.
Related topics Functions reference (category list) Functions reference (alphabetical list) About formulas About functions Defining calculation fields Using operators in formulas Tan Purpose Returns the tangent (Tan) of angleInRadians. Format Tan(angleInRadians) Parameters angleInRadians - any numeric expression or field containing a numeric expression, in radians Data type returned number Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use this function to calculate the Tan of angleInRadians.
Script steps reference Script steps reference Click the following links to find script steps by category, or alphabetically. Each script step topic describes what the script step does, and what its options and parameters are. It also shows the format for the script step and provides a usage example. For information on how to use scripts, see Creating scripts to automate tasks. Script steps reference (category list) Control script steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Script steps reference Perform Find/Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009 Fields script steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Set Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011 Set Field By Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Script steps reference Omit Multiple Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073 Sort Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1074 Unsort Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076 Sort Records by Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Script steps reference Open Menu Item script steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1126 Open Edit Saved Finds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127 Open Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128 Open File Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Script steps reference (alphabetical list) A, B, C Add Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111 Adjust Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084 Allow Formatting Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 Allow User Abort . . . . . . . . . . .
Extend Found Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068 F Find Matching Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 Flush Cache to Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169 Freeze Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Edit Saved Finds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1127 Open File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 Open File Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129 Open Find/Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Send Event (Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167 Send Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158 Set Error Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978 Set Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A, B, C D E F G H, I, J, K L, M, N O P Q, R S, T U, V, W, X, Y, Z Control script steps Control script steps control the progression of the script by letting you tell FileMaker Pro exactly what to do when and if specific conditions occur.
Description There is no need to open an external file when using a script in it—FileMaker Pro opens it for you. You can use separate scripts to break complex tasks into smaller segments, which are often easier to troubleshoot. You can also save time by putting common tasks like printing or exporting records into separate scripts, which can then be accessed by more than one script. For example, you might want to use the same page setup and printing options in several scripts.
Perform Script ["View Customer Invoices"; Parameter: Invoices::Customer Name] Sub-script: View Customer Invoices New Window [Name: "Customer: " & Get ( ScriptParameter ); Style: Document] Go to Layout ["Invoice Report"] Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Related topics Perform Script and script parameter examples Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Defining custom menus (FileMaker Pro Advanced) About formulas Perform Script On Server Purpose Performs a script
Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description The current file must be hosted on FileMaker Server. Otherwise, Perform Script On Server returns an error. Scripts performed on the host are treated as FileMaker Server scheduled scripts. Scripts performed by Perform Script On Server: • are not aware of the client’s current layout or record. If necessary, use the Go to Layout script step and the Go to Record/Request/Page script step to specify which layout and record to act on.
Pause/Resume Script Purpose Pauses a script indefinitely or for a specified length of time so the user can perform other tasks in the current window. Format Pause/Resume Script [Indefinitely/Duration (seconds) ] Options Click Specify to display the Pause/Resume Options dialog box, where you can set the following options. • Select Indefinitely to pause the script until the user clicks Continue (a button created by FileMaker Pro in the status toolbar) or presses Enter.
To give you more control over a user's actions when a script pauses, FileMaker Pro makes some menu commands unavailable to users. You can define buttons to let users perform actions not available on the menus. Note A Pause/Resume Script step unfreezes a Freeze Window script step. Example 1 Goes to the Print Invoices layout and pauses. The user can click a Continue button on the status toolbar or the layout to print the records.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If the optional script result is specified, the script result is returned and stored in the main script until another sub-script that returns a value is called. The script result gets deleted when you exit the main script. The script result can be stored in a local or global variable for later use. Example 1 Performs a find and prints. If no records are found, displays all records and exits the script.
Related topics Get(ScriptResult) function Halt Script script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) About formulas Halt Script Purpose Forces all running scripts, sub-scripts, or external scripts to stop immediately. Format Halt Script Options None.
Example 2 The Print Unpaid Invoices script calls the Print sub-script. If the user chooses not to print invoices, the script and sub-script stop. If the user chooses to print invoices, unpaid invoices that match the Find criteria are printed. After printing, all records are displayed and sorted.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If the calculation result is any number except zero, the calculation evaluates to True and the subsequent script steps are executed.
Example 3 Performs a find. If no records are found, displays a custom dialog. If one record is found, goes to the Invoice Details layout. If more than one record is found, goes to the Invoices layout. Perform Find [Restore] If [Get (FoundCount) = 0] Show Custom Dialog ["Find Records"; "No record was found."] Else If [Get (FoundCount) = 1] Go to Layout ["Invoice Details"] Else Go to Layout ["Invoices"] End If Example 4 Performs a find.
Format Else If [] Options Click Specify to define the Boolean calculation. In the Specify Calculation dialog box, type the calculation you want evaluated, or use the field list (on the left) and the functions list (on the right) with the mathematical and text operators to build the calculation.
Else Purpose Performs an alternate set of script steps when an If script step or Else If script step evaluates to False. Format Else Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Must follow an If script step or Else If script step.
Script steps reference (category list) End If Purpose Marks the end of an If script step structure. Format End If Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Every If script step must have a corresponding End If script step somewhere after it at the same indentation.
Loop Purpose Repeats a set of script steps to perform batch processes such as exporting container field contents from all records in a found set. Format Loop Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Example 2 Loops through records to export files that are in the Container field. Set Variable [$PATH; Value: Get ( DocumentsPath ) & Products::Container] Go to Record/Request/Page [First] Loop Export Field Contents [Products::Container; "$PATH"] Go to Record/Request/Page [Next; Exit after last] End Loop Related topics Loop structure examples Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Exit Loop If Purpose Exits a loop if the specified calculation is True (not zero).
If the calculation if False (zero), the loop is not exited and the script continues with the script step that follows the Exit Loop If script step. Example 1 Loops through records to export files that are in container fields. Exits the loop if a record has an empty Container field.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Whenever you use a Loop script step, the Manage Scripts feature automatically enters an End Loop step. The steps between Loop and End Loop are automatically indented and the End Loop step is placed at the same indentation level as its corresponding Loop step. Example 1 Copies the data from Customers::Work Phone to Customers::Day Contact in all records.
Where the script step runs Supported Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The Allow User Abort script step only affects the script that it is executed in. By default, users can stop a script by pressing Esc or Command-.(period) (OS X). To prevent users from stopping a script, use the Allow User Abort script step and set it to Off. Example 1 Displays the records in the Print Invoices layout in a new window in Preview mode and pauses the script.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use this script step to handle errors in a manner consistent with the functions the script performs. By using the Get(LastError) function immediately after a script step, you can verify that the step was performed properly.
Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Set Variable Purpose Sets a local or global variable to a specified value. Format Set Variable [ {[]}; Value:] Options Click Specify to set the variable options: • Name is the name of the variable you want to create. Prefix the name with $ for a local variable or $$ for a global variable.
• A global variable can be used in a calculation or script anywhere in a file, for example, other scripts or file paths. The value of a global variable is not cleared until the file is closed. • Local and global variables (or even two local variables in different scripts) can have the same name but they are treated as different variables and can store different values. Example 1 Creates a related record by using a local variable to copy information into a match field.
Set Script Animation Purpose Enables or disables animations while a script is running. Format Set Script Animation [] Options • On enables animations while a script is running. • Off disables animations while a script is running. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Partial FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Partial Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.
Pause/Resume Script [Duration (seconds): .5] Go to Object [Object Name: "Panel 3"] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Install OnTimer Script Purpose Runs a specified script at the specified interval. Installs a timer on the active window. After the specified interval has passed, the next time the application is idle, runs the specified script.
Example 1 Uses the Install OnTimer Script step to run the Clock script once every minute. Script: Clock OnTimer Install OnTimer Script [“Clock”; Interval: 60] Script: Clock Set Field [Clock::Time; Get ( CurrentTime )] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Setting up script triggers Using variables Navigation script steps Navigation script steps move to different areas of a database.
• choose Layout Number by calculation, and use the Specify Calculation dialog box to create a formula whose result is a valid layout number. (Layout numbers correspond to the order of the layouts in the file.) Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Else Go to Layout ["Customers iPhone"] End If Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Related topics New Window script step Get(LayoutAccess) function Get(LayoutName) function Get(LayoutNumber) function Get(LayoutTableName) function Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) About formulas Go to Record/Request/Page Purpose In Browse mode, moves to a record in the found set. In Find mode, displays a find request. In Preview mode, moves to a page in a report.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description FileMaker Server scheduled script and Customer Web Publishing do not support the By Calculation option. Example 1 Performs a find, sorts the records, and goes to the first record.
Go to Related Record Purpose Goes to the current related record(s) in a related table. Format Go to Related Record [From table: “
”; Using layout “”] Options • Get related record from lets you select the source relationship from a list of tables in the current database. If the table is not in the list or if you need to add or change a relationship, Manage Database displays the Manage Database dialog box, where you can create or edit relationships.Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Suppose you have an Invoices table that's related to a Customers table and you're currently looking at a particular invoice. In the Invoices table, you have a button that's set to Go to Related Record [Customers]. Clicking this button determines which customer record your current invoice is related to and immediately goes to that record in the Customers table.
Example 2 Goes to a related record in the Invoices table and sorts the found set of related records in a new window. Go to Related Record [Show only related records; From table: "Invoices"; Using layout: “Invoices”; New Window] Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Go to Record/Request/Page [First] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Go to Portal Row Purpose Navigates among the rows in the active portal.
Where the script step runs Supported Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description When no portal is active, the script uses the first portal in the layout stacking order. This script step tries to keep the same related field selected when changing rows. If no field in a portal is selected, the script selects the first related field it can enter. When a related field in a portal is selected, you can use this step to move to the same field in another portal row.
Go to Object Purpose Moves to the specified object on the current layout. Format Go to Object [Object Name: "
Example 2 Navigates between different tabs of a tab control. If [Invoices::Status = "Paid"] Go to Object [Object Name: "Invoice Statement Tab"] Else If [Invoices::Status = "Unpaid"] Go to Object [Object Name: "Invoice Payment Tab"] End If Example 3 Navigates to either the "Paid" tab or the "Unpaid" tab in a tab control depending on the value of Invoices::Status.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description To play a sound or movie, use the Select/perform option. Notes • If this script step specifies a field on a tab panel or a slide panel that is not the front-most panel, the specified field is selected and the panel it is on moves to the front of the panel control.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If no field is selected when this script step is performed, this script step moves to the first field in the tab order of the current layout. If a field is formatted as a button, the field object is selected, not the button object.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If no field is selected when this script step is performed, this script step moves to the last field of the tab order of the current layout. If a field is formatted as a button, the field object is selected, not the button object.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description Closes an open popover in the target window. If no popover is open, Close Popover does nothing and does not return an error code.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Partial FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Goes to the Print invoices layout, enters Preview mode, prints, and enters Browse mode.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description When you select Specify find requests at the time the script step is defined, FileMaker Pro displays the current find request(s), if any. Additional find requests can be defined, and existing find requests can be duplicated, edited, or deleted.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Opens the Print Invoices layout in a new window, enters Preview mode, prints, and closes the window.
Redo restores the previously undone action in the file. Toggle switches between the two most recently performed actions in the file. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Multiple actions can be undone by repeatedly executing this script step with the Undo option.
Options • Select entire contents deletes the contents of a field and saves it to the Clipboard. If you do not use Select entire contents, only the selected portion of the field's data is cut. • Select Go to target field or click Specify to select the field whose contents you want to cut.
Related topics Paste script step Clear script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Copy Purpose Copies the contents of the specified field in the current record and saves them to the Clipboard. Format Copy [Select; ] Options • Select entire contents copies the entire contents of a field to the Clipboard. If you do not use Select entire contents, only the selected portion of the field's data is copied.
• If you manually select field data before you run this script step in FileMaker WebDirect, the script step performs as if you did not make a selection. To select field data before you run this script step in FileMaker WebDirect, use the Set Selection script step. Example 1 Prompts the user to either cut or copy the contents of the Email field.
Where the script step runs Supported Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If you try to paste data that doesn't match the field type of the target field, FileMaker Pro pastes the data but displays a validation alert when you attempt to exit the field. If the field is not on the current layout, FileMaker Pro returns an error code which can be captured with the Get(LastError) function.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Partial Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step removes the contents of the field without placing the contents on the Clipboard. If you want to cut and paste the field information, use the Cut script step. Use Undo immediately to restore the contents.
• Specify lets you set the starting and ending positions of a selection, either by entering the start and end numbers directly or by using a calculation to determine them. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
)] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Select All Purpose Selects the entire contents of the active field. Format Select All Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Perform Find/Replace Purpose Finds/replaces data according to the options in the “Perform Find/Replace” Options dialog box. Format Perform Find/Replace [No dialog; “”; ””; Find Next/Replace & Find/Replace/Replace All] Options • Perform without dialog prevents display of the Find/Replace Summary dialog box at the end of the find/replace operation. This option also prevents display of the confirmation dialog box when a Replace All operation is executed.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Replaces text in the Reorder Level field that matches the find criteria in all records without prompting the user. Go to Field [Products::Reorder Level] Perform Find/Replace [No dialog; 1; 3; Replace All] Example 2 Goes to the next occurrence of the product name in the Description field.
Fields script steps Fields script steps operate on specific fields. With these script steps, you can: • paste data into fields • import information into fields and export data from fields • evaluate a calculation and assign the result to a field Set Field Purpose Replaces the entire contents of the specified field in the current record with the result of a calculation.
• If the result of the calculation doesn’t match the target field type, and the validate option for the field is set to Always, the field will not be set and an error code is returned (which can be captured with the Get(LastError) function). • When possible, the Set Field script step makes the record active and leaves it active until the record is exited or committed.
Options • Select Specify target field or click Specify to create a calculation to specify the field whose contents you want to replace. In the Specify Calculation dialog box, use the field list (on the left) and the functions list (on the right) with the mathematical and text operators to build the calculation. • For Calculated result, click Specify to define the calculated value.
Set Field By Name [If ( Customers::Country = "Japan" ; Customers::National Statistics ; Customers::World Statistics ); Sum ( Invoices::Grand Total )] Example 2 Demonstrates when to use Set Field By Name instead of Set Field to simplify scripts. #With Set Field, an If statement with multiple Else If steps is needed #to determine which field on the Customers table to update #with information from Credit Collection::Phone Number.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Allows you to use the Manage Scripts feature to update the value. You can define this script step to use any calculation expression to determine the next serial value of a field that has been defined as an auto-entry serial number field. The calculation always evaluates to a text result.
Set Next Serial Value [Invoices::Invoice ID; Invoices::Next Serial Value] End If Related topics Import Records script step Defining calculation fields Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert Text Purpose Pastes a text value into a field in the current record. Format Insert Text [Select; ; “”] Options • Select entire contents replaces the contents of a field.
Description This script step pastes text that is specified in the script, instead of text provided by the user. Notes • This script step is intended to paste text into text field types. To insert other types of data into other types of fields, use either the Insert Calculated Result script step or the Set Field script step. • If the specified field does not exist on the layout where the script is being performed, Insert Text returns an error code which can be captured with the Get(LastError) function.
Options • Select entire contents replaces the contents of a field. If you don't select this option, Insert Calculated Result replaces only the selected portion of the current field, or inserts the result at the insertion point. The default insertion point is at the end of the field's data. • Select Go to target field or click Specify to specify the field to paste the calculated results into. The target field must be present on the layout to paste successfully.
Insert From Device Purpose In FileMaker Go, enters content into a container field from the following sources: music library, photo library, camera, video camera, microphone, signature. Enters content into a container field or text field from a bar code source.
Where the script step runs Supported Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description • FileMaker Go does not support all types of bar codes. • If the target field is a repeating field, you can specify a repetition number or generate a repetition number from a calculated expression. • If the target field is a text field, only the text value of the bar code is inserted into the field.
Insert From Index Purpose Pastes a value from the index into a field. Format Insert From Index [Select; ] Options • Select entire contents replaces the contents of a field. If you do not select this option, Insert From Index inserts the result at the cursor position or at the end of the field's data. • Select Go to target field or click Specify to specify the field to paste the index value into. The field you specify may be of any type.
Example 1 Displays the index for a field in Find mode so the user can select a preexisting value. Enter Find Mode [ ] Insert From Index [Customers::Company] Perform Find [ ] Related topics Set Field script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert From Last Visited Purpose Pastes information from a field in the last active record into the specified field in the current record or find request.
Note If the specified field does not exist on the layout where the script is being performed, Insert From Last Visited returns an error code which can be captured with the Get(LastError) function. Example 1 Creates a new record and inserts the customer name from the last record that was viewed.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Description Insert From URL supports http, https, httppost, httpspost, ftp, ftps, and file protocols. FileMaker Pro downloads the resource that is specified by the URL to the target field. Image files: In Windows, container fields can render GIF, JPG, PNG, BMP, and TIFF files.
Insert From URL [No dialog; Customers::HTML Website Code; "http:// www.apple.com"] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert Current Date Purpose Pastes the current system date into the specified field. Format Insert Current Date [Select; ] Options • Select entire contents replaces the contents of a field with the current date.
Go to Layout ["Email History"] Insert Current Date [Select; Emails::Last Sent] Go to Layout [original layout] Related topics Set Field script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert Current Time Purpose Pastes the current system time into the specified field. Format Insert Current Time [Select; ] Options • Select entire contents replaces the contents of a field with the current time.
Example 1 Goes to the Email History layout, inserts the current time in the Last Sent field, then goes to the original layout. Go to Layout ["Email History"] Insert Current Time [Select; Emails::Last Sent] Go to Layout [original layout] Related topics Set Field script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert Current User Name Purpose Pastes the current user name into the specified field in the current record.
• User name is the FileMaker Pro user, an editable field displayed on the General tab of the Preferences dialog box. To track user access to a database with more security, use the Get(AccountName) function to return the current user’s account name. • In FileMaker WebDirect, Insert Current User Name pastes the current user’s account name, not the current user name. Example 1 Goes to the Email History layout, inserts the current user name in the Sent by field, then goes to the original layout.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You must specify a field, click in a field, or use the Go to Field script step before performing this script step. When Insert Picture is performed, unless a file is specified with the Specify source file option, FileMaker Pro displays a dialog box where the user can select and preview the file to be imported. Note FileMaker WebDirect does not support the Store only a reference or Specify source file options.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You must specify a field, click in a field, or use the Go to Field script step before performing this script step.
Options • Select Store only a reference to have FileMaker Pro store only a link to an audio or video file in the container field instead of the actual file. This option may reduce the size of your FileMaker Pro file, but if you move or delete the file being referenced, FileMaker Pro won't be able to display it. • Select Specify source file or click Specify to display the Specify Audio/Video File dialog box, where you can specify the audio or video file you intend to insert in the interactive container.
Example 2 Inserts the media file specified in the Media Name field into the active container field by reference. Set Variable [$MEDIA_PATH; Value: Get ( DocumentsPath ) & Products::Media Name] Insert Audio/Video [Reference; “$MEDIA_PATH”] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Insert PDF Purpose Imports a PDF file, or a reference to a PDF file, into the current interactive container.
When Insert PDF is performed, unless a file is specified with the Specify source file option, FileMaker Pro displays a dialog box where the user can select and preview the file to be imported. Note FileMaker WebDirect does not support the Store only a reference or Specify source file options. Notes • If there is no active container field on the layout where the script is being performed, Insert PDF returns an error code that can be captured with the Get(LastError) function.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Partial Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You must specify a target field, click in a field, or use the Go to Field script step before performing this script step. If you do not specify a file to insert, FileMaker Pro displays a dialog box where the user can select a file.
Script steps reference (category list) Replace Field Contents Purpose Uses the value in a specified field in the current record or uses a calculation to replace the value in that field in every record in the current found set. Format Replace Field Contents [No Dialog; ; Current contents/Serial numbers/Calculation results] Options • Perform without dialog prevents display of the Replace Field Contents dialog box when the script step executes.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Partial Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Important Replace Field Contents modifies all records in the found set. You cannot undo a Replace Field Contents script step. • This script step can also be used to reserialize a field in every record in the current found set.
Relookup Field Contents Purpose Copies new values from the lookup source field into the records that make up the current found set. Format Relookup Field Contents [No dialog; ] Options • Perform without dialog prevents a dialog box from displaying when the script step executes that lets the user confirm field information. • Select Go to target field or click Specify to specify the field that is the target of the relookup operation. FileMaker Pro moves the cursor to the field you specify.
Example 1 Finds records that have matching values in the Customer ID field, then updates all lookups in the found set based on the relationship that uses Customer ID as a match field.
Description If the contents of the exported field is text, then FileMaker creates a UTF-16 format text file. Notes • FileMaker WebDirect does not support the Specify output file option. FileMaker WebDirect exports field contents to the web browser’s default download location. • FileMaker WebDirect does not support this script step in mobile browsers. Example 1 Opens a dialog box to set the export path and filename, then exports the image. Export Field Contents [Products::Picture; ”Mobile Phone.
Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Goes to the Invoice Details layout, creates a record, and goes to the Summary field.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description If the record has a field set up for automatic entry of values, this script step does not duplicate the value in the field of the current record. In that case, FileMaker Pro generates and enters a new value for the duplicated record.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Partial FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description To delete Do this A master record Make sure that the record you want to delete is active (use navigation script steps), and then use Delete Record/Request.
Delete Portal Row Purpose Deletes the selected portal row (which deletes data in a related record). Format Delete Portal Row [No dialog] Options Perform without dialog prevents a message box from displaying when the script step executes that asks the user to confirm the deletion of the portal row.
Delete Portal Row [No dialog] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Delete All Records Purpose Deletes all the records in the current found set. Format Delete All Records [No dialog] Options Perform without dialog prevents a message box from displaying when the script step executes that asks the user to confirm the deletion of records.
Example 2 Asks if the user wants to delete all records in the current found set. Show Custom Dialog ["Do you want to delete all " & Get ( FoundCount ) & " records found?"] If [Get ( LastMessageChoice ) = 1] Delete All Records [No dialog] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Open Record/Request Purpose Makes an existing record or find request available for editing if the current user has record-editing privileges.
If an error occurs (for example, if the current user has insufficient access privileges, the record is currently locked by another user, or the record is open in another window), FileMaker Pro generates an error message, which may be captured using the Set Error Capture script step and the Get(LastError) function. (Opening a find request will not return an error, because requests can’t be locked by other users.
Revert Record/Request Purpose Returns the current record or request to the way it was before you began adding or changing data in the record. Format Revert Record/Request [No dialog] Options Perform without dialog prevents a dialog box from displaying when the script step executes that asks the user to confirm the revert action.
Commit Records/Requests Purpose Commits a record. Format Commit Records/Requests [Skip data entry validation; No dialog; Force Commit] Options • Skip data entry validation overrides any data entry validation options set for fields and commits the record anyway. This option only skips validation for fields set with the Only during data entry validation option in the Options for Field dialog box; fields set to Always validate will still validate, even if the Skip data entry validation option is selected.
Go to Layout ["Invoice Details"] Insert Calculated Result [Invoices::Date; Get ( CurrentDate )] Commit Records/Requests [No dialog] Related topics Set Field script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Copy Record/Request Purpose Copies the values of a record or find request to the Clipboard. Format Copy Record/Request Options None.
• Any fields located in popovers are ignored when you copy records. Example 1 Copies the contents of the current record and displays a custom dialog. Copy Record/Request Show Custom Dialog ["You can now paste the current record in your spreadsheet software."] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Copy All Records/Requests Purpose In Browse mode, copies the values of all records to the Clipboard. In Find mode, copies all find requests.
Notes • Contents that you cut or copy to the Clipboard are accessible to other applications. • When using the Copy All Records/Requests step with repeating fields, FileMaker Pro inserts the group separator character between each repetition. You can use a text editor to replace these characters with another delimiter such as a tab or space. • Any fields located in popovers are ignored when you copy records.
When you choose this file or source Do this Folder In the Folder of Files Import Options dialog box, choose the folder of image or text files that you want to import, or type the folder paths directly into the list. Specify one path per line. FileMaker Pro will use the first path it locates as the folder to import. For more information, see Importing a folder of files all at once and Creating file paths. This option is not supported from scripts running on FileMaker Server.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You can set the import order and use the Specify import order option, or perform this script step with the dialog box so the user can set new criteria, such as importing data as a new table. If the source file is open, the found set is imported; if not, all records in the source table are imported.
• FileMaker Go only supports importing from one FileMaker Pro file to another FileMaker Pro file. • FileMaker Go does not support importing to a new table. • When using this script step in FileMaker WebDirect, keep the following in mind: • FileMaker WebDirect does not support this script step in mobile browsers. • FileMaker WebDirect does not support the Perform without dialog or Specify data source options.
Format Export records [No dialog; “
Description You can set the export order before adding this script step, or perform the step with a dialog box so a user can set new criteria. Export Records exports all the records currently being browsed. If you want to limit the set of records you're exporting, use a find request before using Export Records.
If [not PatternCount ( Get ( DocumentsPathListing ); "Unpaid Invoice List.xlsx" )] Export Records [No dialog; "Unpaid Invoice List.xlsx"; Unicode (UTF16)] End If Related topics Import Records script step Save Records As PDF script step Save Records As Excel script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Save Records As Excel Purpose Saves records to a specified Excel worksheet.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Description This script step operates in all modes except Find mode. Example 1 Finds and sorts records, then saves the found set as an Excel file without prompting the user.
the PDF Options dialog box settings in the Document and Initial View tabs are ignored, but the settings in the Security tab are maintained. • Perform without dialog prevents dialog boxes from displaying when the script step executes if a file has already been specified. • Select Specify output file or click Specify to display a dialog box where you can specify the file path. Choose the folder you want to save to, or type the file path directly into the list. Specify one path per line.
Example 1 Goes to the Products layout, shows all records, sorts the records, and saves the records as a PDF without prompting the user. Go to Layout ["Products"] Show All Records Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Save Records As PDF [No dialog; "Product Catalog.pdf"; Records being browsed] Example 2 Finds all invoices with the current record's Customer ID, sorts, saves the invoices to a PDF, and appends the products purchased by the customer to the PDF.
• For Specify, choose Records being browsed (to save the entire found set of records), or Current record (to save only the current record). Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Partial Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 11.0 Description This script step operates in all modes except Find mode.
Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Found Sets script steps With Found Sets script steps, you can: • specify a find request to find records • extend or constrain the found set • modify the most recent find request • show all records • omit records from the found set • sort and unsort records Perform Find Purpose Enters Find mode and finds records that match one or more find requests that you set up, that are stored with the script step.
• Click Insert Operator to further refine your search criteria. See Finding records. • Click Add to add your criteria to the find request. • To change existing criteria, select the line containing the field and criteria from the top of the dialog box, and make your changes to field and/or criteria. Click Change to store your changes. • To delete existing criteria, select the line containing the field and criteria from the top of the dialog box and click Remove.
Else Show Custom Dialog ["No records were found."] End If Related topics Constrain Found Set script step Extend Found Set script step Finding ranges of information Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Perform Quick Find Purpose Finds records that match one or more search words based on text that you specify or text returned by a calculation formula.
Example 1 Performs a quick find with the contents of the Custom Quick Find field, sorts the found set, and goes to the first record. Started by the OnObjectSave script trigger. Perform Quick Find [Invoices::Custom Quick Find] Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Go to Record/Request/Page [First] Example 2 Goes to the Invoice Details layout and performs a quick find using the text in the Quick Find search box. If no records are found, displays a custom dialog.
• Extend to broaden your search to include additional records in the found set that match additional criteria in the specified field (a logical OR search). Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.
Show Custom Dialog ["Do you want to add the current customer to the found set?"] If [ Get ( LastMessageChoice ) = 1 ] Find Matching Records [Extend; Invoices::Customer ID] Else Find Matching Records [Replace; Invoices::Customer ID] End If Related topics Show Omitted Only script step Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Constrain Found Set Purpose Narrows the existing found set using the criteria you specify in the stored find request.
Show Custom Dialog ["Display only paid invoices?"] If [Get ( LastMessageChoice ) = 1] Constrain Found Set [Restore] Else Show All Records End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Extend Found Set Purpose Broadens the existing found set using the criteria in the stored find request. Format Extend Found Set [Restore] Options Select Specify find requests or click Specify to create and store a find request with the script step.
Extend Found Set [Restore] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Modify Last Find Purpose Changes the most recent find request. Format Modify Last Find Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Example 2 Performs a find, then sorts the found set. If no records were found, allows the user to modify the find request. Set Error Capture [On] Enter Find Mode [Pause] Perform Find [ ] If [Get (LastError) = 401] Modify Last Find Else Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Show All Records Purpose Finds all the records in the table underlying the foreground window and leaves you in the current record.
Use Show All Records in Browse mode or Preview mode. If you perform this script step in Find mode or Layout mode, FileMaker Pro switches to Browse mode after the records have been found. Example 1 Goes to the Invoices layout, shows all records, and performs a sort. Go to Layout [“Invoices”] Show All Records Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Example 2 Performs a find, shows all records if no records were found, and sorts the found set.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use this script step in Browse mode or Preview mode. If you perform this script step in Find mode or Layout mode, FileMaker Pro switches to Browse mode after the records have been found. Example 1 Shows all omitted records.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step temporarily hides the current record. Omit Record only operates in Browse mode and Find mode.
When Perform without dialog is selected, if you do not specify the number of records, only the current record is omitted. • Select Specify records or click Specify to enter the exact number of records you want to omit. You can also click Specify in the Options dialog box and enter a calculation. The calculation result must be a number.
• Select Specify sort order or click Specify to create a sort order and store it with the script step. When Specify sort order is not selected, FileMaker Pro uses the most recently executed sort instructions. • Select Keep records in sorted order to place a new or changed record that’s in sorted order into the adjusted order after the record is committed.
Script steps reference (category list) Unsort Records Purpose Restores the records in the current found set to their creation order (the order in which they were entered in the file). Format Unsort Records Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Sort Records by Field Purpose Sorts the records in the current found set according to the context of a specified field. Format Sort Records by Field[Ascending/Descending/Associated value list; ] Options • Select Specify target field or Specify, select a field you want to sort by, and click OK. Tip You can double-click the script step in the list to specify the target field.
Example 1 Sorts the current found set by the active field. Can be started by the OnObjectValidate script trigger to maintain the current found set's sort order when field values change. Sort Records by Field [Ascending] Example 2 Shows invoices for the current customer ID, with the most recent invoice listed first.
Windows script steps Windows script steps affect screen elements and windows. You can: • open or close a window • select a window • arrange windows • move or resize a window • update a window • freeze a window • scroll a window • show or hide a window, the status toolbar, or the text ruler • set the title of a window • set the zoom level • view data as a list, table, or form • refresh a window New Window Purpose Creates a new window based on the foreground window.
• Window Styles settings let you specify that the new window is a document window (default setting) or a dialog window. To specify a window style, select Specify Advanced Style or click Specify. See Specify Advanced Style Options dialog box. Note If you clear the Specify Advanced Style checkbox, you will lose any advanced style settings that have been created.
• Minimum height and minimum width depend on the operating system of the user performing the script. If the height or width you specify are less than the minimum, FileMaker Pro uses the minimum values. • If the window height or width values you specify exceed the user’s screen resolution, FileMaker Pro uses the maximum values possible. • You can create a new window off-screen by supplying negative top and/or left values, which can be useful for multiple monitor environments.
Format Select Window [Current window or Name:; Current file] Options • Click Current Window to bring the active window of the file that contains the script to the foreground. • Click Specify to select which window you want FileMaker Pro to bring to the foreground. You can enter literal text or click Specify to generate a name from a calculation. • Select Current file only to restrict matches to the current file (not selecting this option matches all available FileMaker Pro files).
To return the file to its original state, perform a Close Window [] script step to close the open window. • Select Window can make visible a hidden related file if the script step is executed from within the hidden file. Example 1 Selects the Print Invoices window. If the Print Invoices window is not open, creates a new window and goes to the Print Invoices layout.
Where the script step runs Supported Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Goes to a related record in the Invoices table using the Print Invoices layout, prints, and closes the window. Go to Using Print Close Related Record [Show only related records; From table: "Invoices"; layout: “Print Invoices”; New Window] [Restore: Printer; No dialog] Window [Current Window] Example 2 Closes the current window if it is hidden.
• Maximize resizes the window to full-screen size. • Minimize reduces the window to an icon on the status bar (Windows) or Dock (OS X) • Restore returns the window to its previous size. • Hide hides the current database window from view.
• Window Name selects an open window by name. You can enter literal text or click Specify to create a window name from a calculation. • Select Current file only to restrict matches to the current file (not selecting this option matches all available FileMaker Pro files). • Height is the height of the adjusted window in points. You can enter a number or click Specify to generate a number from a calculation. • Width is the width of the adjusted window in points.
• Windows: FileMaker Pro orients the moved window to the top left corner of the visible part of the application window. Note that this may not be the (0,0) point of the window, depending on how the current file window is positioned (for example, if half of the file window extends past the left border of the application window, you would need to scroll to the left to see the (0,0) point of the application window).
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The size and location of the open windows are the only things that change; current table, active window, and active record are not affected by this script step. Example 1 Opens a new window, goes to the Invoices layout, and arranges all FileMaker Pro windows in an overlapping pattern.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description Use Freeze Window to hide actions from the user while FileMaker Pro performs the remainder of the script. A Pause/Resume script step unfreezes a Freeze Window script step.
Refresh Window Purpose Updates the entire contents of the FileMaker Pro document window, including any related records. Format Refresh Window [Flush cached join results; Flush cached external data] Options Select Flush cached join results to delete the results of queries for related records and cause related records to be refreshed.
End Loop Refresh Window [ ] Beep Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Updating data between FileMaker and ODBC data sources Scroll Window Purpose Scrolls a window up or down, scrolls to the top or bottom of a layout, or brings the current field into view. Format Scroll Window [Home/End/Page Up/Page Down/To Selection] Options Use Specify to choose a scrolling option.
Example 2 Performs a find, sorts, and scrolls to the top of the window. Perform Find [Restore] Sort Records [Restore; No dialog] Scroll Window [Home] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Show/Hide Menubar Purpose Shows or hides the menu bar in FileMaker WebDirect. Format Show/Hide Menubar [Show/Hide/Toggle] Options • Show tells FileMaker WebDirect to show the menu bar. • Hide tells FileMaker WebDirect to hide the menu bar.
Show/Hide Toolbars [Hide] End if Show/Hide Toolbars Purpose Shows or hides the status toolbar. Format Show/Hide Toolbars [Lock; Show/Hide/Toggle] Options • Lock prohibits the user from using the status toolbar control the status toolbar. to manually show or hide • Show tells FileMaker Pro to show the status toolbar. • Hide tells FileMaker Pro to hide the status toolbar. • Toggle switches between showing and hiding the status toolbar (equivalent to clicking Show/Hide Status Toolbar).
Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Show/Hide Text Ruler Purpose Shows or hides the text ruler. Format Show/Hide Text Ruler [Show/Hide/Toggle] Options • Show tells FileMaker Pro to show the text ruler. • Hide tells FileMaker Pro to hide the text ruler. • Toggle switches between showing and hiding the text ruler.
Set Window Title Purpose Changes the title of a window. Format Set Window Title [Current window or Name: ; Current file; New Title: ] Options Click Specify to set options for the title of a window. • Window to Rename tells FileMaker Pro which window to rename. Select Current Window to rename the current window. To specify another window, enter the window name in literal text or click Specify to create a name using a calculation.
Related topics Defining calculation fields Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Set Zoom Level Purpose Enlarges or reduces the image on the screen. Format Set Zoom Level [Lock; 25%...400%/Zoom In/Zoom Out] Options • Lock prohibits users from making changes to the zoom level. • Specify lets you select a zoom level. • Reduction values: 100%, 75%, 50%, or 25%. • Enlargement values: 150%, 200%, 300%, or 400%. • Zoom In reduces the screen image by one zoom level.
View As Purpose Displays data in the specified format. Format View As [View as Form/View as List/View as Table/Cycle] Options • View as Form tells FileMaker Pro to display records page by page in the format determined by the database designer. • View as List tells FileMaker Pro to display records as records in a list, so they can be browsed without clicking the left and right arrows in the book.
Enter Find Mode [Pause] If [Get (FoundCount) = 1] View As [View as Form] Else If [Get ( FoundCount ) > 1] View As [View as List] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Files script steps Files script steps operate on entire files.
Where the script step runs Supported Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step opens the “Create a new file named:” dialog box. After the new database opens, the script becomes active again, and if script steps remain, the script continues. The new database remains open and active. Tip If you want the original database to remain active, add a Select Window script step after the New File step.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Partial Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description For ODBC data sources, this script step re-establishes a link to the ODBC data source. Script steps after Open execute in the FileMaker file that contains the script, not the file opened by the script.
Close File Purpose Closes the specified FileMaker file. Format Close File [Current File/””] Options Specify lets you select a FileMaker Pro to close or an ODBC data source to disconnect from. Choose Add FileMaker Data Source or Add ODBC Data Source to locate and select a file. After you select a file, it is added to the Specify Table list. Choose Manage Data Sources to modify or delete a data source you’ve already added to the list.
Working with data sources Convert File Purpose Converts a supported file type into a FileMaker Pro file. Format Convert File [Open File; “”; No dialog; Skip Indexes] Options • Open file after conversion lets you specify whether you want a FileMaker Pro file to open automatically after conversion. • Specify data source lets you choose the file or source of the data to be converted.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description See Supported import/export file formats for more information. Note You cannot use this command to convert the contents of a folder. Each file in a folder must be converted separately.
Users and Don't Display in Open Remote File dialog options in the FileMaker Network Settings dialog box. • Select Off to disallow network access. This is the same as selecting No Users in the FileMaker Network Settings dialog box. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Set Use System Formats Purpose Allows the user to choose between the formats stored with the file or the user's current system formats. Format Set Use System Formats [On/Off] Options • On instructs FileMaker Pro to use the current system formats. • Off instructs FileMaker Pro to use the formats saved with the file.
If [Get ( SystemLanguage ) = “Japanese”] Set Use System Formats [On] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Save a Copy as Purpose Saves a copy of the current database file. Format Save a Copy as [“”; Automatically open; Create email; copy/ compacted/clone] Options Specify output file displays the Specify Output File dialog box, where you can specify the name and location of the resulting copy.
Notes • This script step is not supported in FileMaker Pro database files hosted by FileMaker Server. • For files used in FileMaker Go, choose self-contained copy(single file). Container objects will be embedded in the copy. Example 1 Saves a copy or clone of the current database.
Where the script step runs Supported Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The Recover command makes an aggressive attempt to reopen a damaged file. It is intended for data recovery, not file repair. Do not use the Recover command as part of routine file maintenance. FileMaker Pro attempts to recover as much of the information in a damaged file as possible, and then creates a new, recovered file.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You can also have this script step performed with a dialog box so the user can specify print options. You can use multiple Print Setup script steps within a script.
OS X: As an alternative to specifying a printer or fax, you can click PDF in the Print dialog box, then choose a PDF option from the list or choose Edit menu to define a custom PDF output format or destination. If you do not specify an output destination before saving the script or if the specified printer cannot be found when the script executes, the output from the script step is sent to the user’s default printer.
Accounts script steps Accounts script steps allow you to create and manage user accounts. With Accounts script steps, you can: • add accounts • delete accounts • reset account passwords • change passwords • enable accounts • log in to a file using a different account and password Notes • Accounts created using script steps cannot be granted full access privileges (only accounts created manually).
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Yes FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description The account name and password can be literals stored with this script step, or generated at runtime based on calculations that you set up. Notes • Account names must be unique.
Show Custom Dialog ["You do not have enough privileges to add an account."] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Delete Account Purpose Deletes the specified account. Format Delete Account [Account Name: ] Options Click Specify to set the Account Name to be deleted. You can enter literal text or click Specify to create an account name from a calculation.
Example 1 Deletes the Sales account. Delete Account [Account Name: "Sales"] Example 2 Deletes the current account if it has full access privileges. If [Get ( AccountPrivilegeSetName ) = "[Full Access]"] Delete Account [Account Name: Get ( AccountName )] Re-Login [ ] Else Show Custom Dialog ["You do not have enough privileges to delete an account.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Yes FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Use multiple occurrences of this script step to reset multiple accounts in a single script. Notes • You must be assigned the Full Access privilege set to perform this script step. Select Run script with full access privileges to enable users with less than full access privileges to perform this script step.
Format Change Password [Old Password: ; New Password: ; No dialog] Options Click Specify to display the “Change Password” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options. • Old Password is the old password for the current account. You can enter literal text or click Specify to generate the password from a calculation. • New Password is the new password for the current account. You can enter literal text or click Specify to create a new password from a calculation.
Set Field [Accounts::Open Count; Accounts::Open Count + 1] If [Accounts::Open Count = 10] Set Field [Accounts::Open Count; 0] Change Password [ ] End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Enable Account Purpose Enables or disables a specific account. Format Enable Account [Account Name: ; Activate/Deactivate] Options Click Specify to display the “Enable Account” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options.
• You must be assigned the Full Access privilege set to perform this script step. Select Run script with full access privileges to enable users with less than full access privileges to perform this script step. • You cannot use this script step to deactivate an account with full access privileges. Example 1 Displays the contents of the Name field and prompts the user to activate an account with that name.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script Partial FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing Partial FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description Privileges assigned to the new account take effect immediately, including access to tables, records, layouts, scripts, and value lists. Notes • You do not need full access privileges to perform this script step.
• check the spelling of an entire found set • correct a word • set spelling options for a file • select a dictionary • edit the user dictionary Check Selection Purpose Uses the spelling checker to check the selected text. Format Check Selection [Select; table::field] Options • Select entire contents checks all the text in the active field. If you do not use Select entire contents, you must select some text before this script step executes.
Script steps reference (category list) Check Record Purpose Uses the spelling checker to check the contents of every field in the current record. Format Check Record Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Checks spelling in all fields in the current record.
Format Check Found Set Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Example 1 Checks spelling in all fields in all records in the found set.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing Edit menu > Spelling > Correct Word. Use this script step to open the Spelling dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > File Options > Spelling tab. Use this script step to open the File Options dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing Edit menu > Spelling > Select Dictionaries. Use this script step to open the Select Dictionaries dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing Edit menu > Spelling > Edit User Dictionary. Use this script step to open the Edit User Dictionary dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
• open the Manage Themes dialog box • open the Manage Value Lists dialog box • open the Find/Replace dialog box • open Help • open the Open Remote File dialog box • open the FileMaker Network Settings dialog box • open the Upload to FileMaker Server dialog box Open Edit Saved Finds Purpose Opens the Edit Saved Finds dialog box, where the user can add or change saved finds. Format Open Edit Saved Finds Options None.
Open Edit Saved Finds End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Open Preferences Purpose Opens the Preferences dialog box to the General preferences area. Format Open Preferences Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Open File Options Purpose Opens the File Options dialog box to the Open tab. Format Open File Options Options None. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Partial Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.
Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Open Manage Containers Purpose Opens the Manage Containers dialog box, where the user can manage thumbnail settings and external locations for container content. Format Open Manage Containers Options None.
Show Custom Dialog ["Do you want to change settings for thumbnail images in container fields?"] If [Get ( LastMessageChoice ) = 1] Open Manage Containers End If Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Open Manage Database Purpose Opens the Manage Database dialog box, where the user can create or edit tables, fields, and relationships. Format Open Manage Database Options None.
• See Sharing databases on a network for information about making schema changes to shared databases. Example 1 Displays a custom dialog that asks if the user wants to manage the database's tables and fields, and opens the Manage Database dialog box.
Notes • The user’s account must be assigned the Full Access privilege set, or this script step will not be performed. (Select Run script with full access privileges to enable the script for all users.) • See Sharing databases on a network for information about making schema changes to shared databases. Example 1 Displays a custom dialog that asks if the user wants to manage the database's data sources, and opens the Manage External Data Sources dialog box.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 11.0 Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Manage > Layouts, or choosing Manage Layouts from the Layout pop-up menu. Example 1 Displays a custom dialog that asks if the user wants to manage the database's layouts, and opens the Manage Layouts dialog box.
Description This script step is the same as choosing Scripts menu > Manage Scripts, or File menu > Manage > Scripts. Note Once an Open Manage Scripts step is performed, FileMaker Pro halts execution of the current script. This prevents unexpected conditions from occurring if the currently running script is edited. Example 1 Displays a custom dialog that asks if the user wants to manage the database's scripts, and opens the Manage Scripts dialog box.
Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Manage > Themes. Use this script step to open the Manage Themes dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus. Notes • Users must have full layout access privileges to open the Manage Themes dialog box. For more information, see Editing existing privilege sets and Editing layouts privileges.
Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Manage > Value Lists. Use this script step to open the Manage Value Lists dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus. Notes • The user’s account must be assigned the Full Access privilege set, or this script step will not be performed. (Select Run script with full access privileges to enable the script for all users.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 7.0 Description This script step is the same as choosing Edit menu > Find/Replace > Find/Replace. Use this script step to open the dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing Help menu > FileMaker Pro Help. Example 1 Displays a custom dialog that asks if the user wants to see the onscreen Help.
Where the script step runs Supported Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Open Remote. The Open Remote dialog box allows you to select and open a shared FileMaker Pro database over a network connection. Use this script step to open the dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Sharing > Share with FileMaker Clients. Use this script step to open the FileMaker Network Settings dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
Options None Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go No Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution No Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Description This script step is the same as choosing File menu > Sharing > Upload to FileMaker Server. Use this script step to open the Upload to FileMaker Server dialog box for users if you have restricted their access to FileMaker Pro menus.
• sending internet email • sending a DDE command (Windows) or an event to another application • exiting the application • refreshing an object or window Tip Use the Comment script step to annotate your scripts so your colleagues can understand them. Show Custom Dialog Purpose Displays a custom message dialog box, with custom text and labels. Format Show Custom Dialog [
; <message text>; Table1::input field 1;...</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1144.html>PAGE 1144</a></h6><p>Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description The custom message dialog box can take user input for up to three fields in the database, and display data from up to three fields in the database. The script pauses as long as the custom dialog box stays on the screen.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1145.html>PAGE 1145</a></h6><p>• To develop more-complex custom dialog boxes, you can use the New Window script step. Example 1 Performs a find. If no records were found, displays a custom dialog. Perform Find [Restore] If [Get (FoundCount) = 0] Show Custom Dialog ["No records were found."] End If Example 2 Creates a new record, prompts the user to enter information, then goes to the Customer Details layout. The first button is Cancel so that users don't inadvertently create a record by pressing Return or Enter in the custom dialog.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1146.html>PAGE 1146</a></h6><p>Script steps reference (category list) Allow Formatting Bar Purpose Enables or disables display of the formatting bar. Format Allow Formatting Bar[<on off>] Options • On indicates that the formatting bar, the View menu > Formatting Bar menu item, and the Formatting Bar button in the layout bar are enabled. • Off hides the formatting bar, disables the View menu > Formatting Bar menu item, and disables the Formatting Bar button in the layout bar.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1147.html>PAGE 1147</a></h6><p>Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Refresh Object Purpose Updates the content, conditional formatting, and visibility state for the specified object. Format Refresh Object [Object Name: <object name>; Repetition: <value or formula>] Options Select Specify to display the "Refresh Object" Options dialog box, where you can set the following options: • Object name is a named object on the current layout.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1148.html>PAGE 1148</a></h6><p>Example 1 Allows the user to log into a different account and updates the visibility state of the Confidential object. The Confidential object hides when the user is not logged in to the Admin account. Re-Login [ ] Refresh Object ["Confidential"] Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Beep Purpose Plays a system beep sound. Format Beep Options None.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1149.html>PAGE 1149</a></h6><p>Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Speak (OS X) Purpose Produces speech from text. Format Speak [<text to be spoken>] Options Click Specify to display the “Speak” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options. • Type the text to be spoken directly in the text entry area, or click Specify to create your spoken text from a calculation. • Use Voice lets you select from the various voices available on your computer.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1150.html>PAGE 1150</a></h6><p>Example 1 Tells the user to enter a company name if the Company field is empty. Can be started by the OnRecordCommit, OnLayoutExit, or OnWindowClose script triggers. If [IsEmpty ( Contacts::Company )] Speak ["Enter a company name"] End If Example 2 Speaks the contents of the Summary field in the current record.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1151.html>PAGE 1151</a></h6><p>Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description You can enter a phone number or specify a calculation to create a phone number. You can specify number, text, calculation, or global fields. Letters within the phone number are translated to numbers (except for q and z). You can also choose whether to use the current phone preferences based on your current location.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1152.html>PAGE 1152</a></h6><p>Install Plug-In File Purpose Installs or updates a plug-in file from a container field onto your computer. Format Install Plug-In File[<table::field>] Options Select Specify target field or click Specify to specify the container field with the plug-in that you want to install or update. If no field is specified, FileMaker Pro installs the plug-in in the current container field in the active table.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1153.html>PAGE 1153</a></h6><p>Only FileMaker plug-in files can be installed. If a non-plug-in file is located in the target or active container field, no action takes place when the script runs. Plug-in files have the extension .fmx (Windows) or .fmplugin (OS X). Compressed plug-in files in .zip format or plug-in files in .tar format can’t be installed. You can use the Get(InstalledFMPlugins) function to identify the name, version, and enabled state of an installed plug-in.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1154.html>PAGE 1154</a></h6><p>Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect No Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 8.0 Example 1 Goes to the Invoice Details layout and installs the Invoices Menu Set if the Print Invoices Menu Set was installed.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1155.html>PAGE 1155</a></h6><p>• Go Back goes back one page, the same way a web browser does. • Go to URL lets you specify a new web address to load in the web viewer. The new web address is a calculation that you specify in the “Set Web Viewer - Go to URL” Options dialog box. In this script step, you cannot change whether the web viewer allows interaction, shows a progress bar or status messages, displays content in Find mode, or automatically encodes a URL.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1156.html>PAGE 1156</a></h6><p>• FileMaker Pro supports only UTF-16 character encoding. Character data encoded using other methods will not display the target of the URL. • FileMaker WebDirect does not support the GoForward and GoBack options. Example 1 Resets the web viewer named Product Website to its originally specified web address. Set Web Viewer [Object Name: "Product Website"; Action: Reset] Example 2 Displays the FileMaker, Inc.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1157.html>PAGE 1157</a></h6><p>• Click Specify to display the “Open URL” Options dialog box, where you can type the URL directly in the text entry area or click Specify to create your URL from a calculation. Compatibility Where the script step runs Supported FileMaker Pro Yes FileMaker Server scheduled script No FileMaker Go Yes Custom Web Publishing No FileMaker WebDirect Yes Runtime solution Yes Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1158.html>PAGE 1158</a></h6><p>Open URL [No dialog; "fmp://account:password@host/database"] #where "account" is the FileMaker Pro account name, "password" is the account password, "host" is a DNS entry, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address for the machine where the file resides, and "database" is the FileMaker Pro filename. Important Account name and password information entered in an Open URL script step is visible to users with script editing access privileges, and is therefore not secure.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1159.html>PAGE 1159</a></h6><p>• Select Specify Calculation to specify a calculation that generates one or more email addresses. • If you use the Specify Field Name option to specify a value for the To, CC, or BCC entries, you can also select Collect addresses across found set to specify that all the values from this field in the current found set be used (to address a message to multiple recipients). • To stores the address(es) of the recipient(s). • CC stores the address(es) of the carbon copy recipient(s).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1160.html>PAGE 1160</a></h6><p>• If you select Multiple emails and Collect addresses across found set, FileMaker Pro generates an email message for every record in the found set. Each message is addressed to everyone specified in the TO, CC and BCC boxes for every record in the found set. • You can create an Adobe PDF or a Microsoft Excel file from your data to send as an attachment. For more information, see Save Records As PDF and Save Records As Excel. • The Send Mail script step does not control the font’s appearance.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1161.html>PAGE 1161</a></h6><p>Options Click Specify to display the “Send DDE Execute” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options: • Service name is the name of the application that executes the commands. Refer to the documentation of the application you specify for the valid service name. You can enter the service name directly as text or click Specify to create the service name from a calculation. • Topic is a filename or text string that describes the topic that the application executes the commands on.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1162.html>PAGE 1162</a></h6><p>Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Perform AppleScript (OS X) Purpose Sends AppleScript commands to another application. Format Perform AppleScript [“<applescript text>”] Options Click Specify to display the “Perform AppleScript” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options. • Calculated AppleScript lets you create a calculation to use as the AppleScript text.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1163.html>PAGE 1163</a></h6><p>Tips on usage • FileMaker Pro can use the Perform AppleScript script step to send Apple events to itself or to FileMaker Pro software running on other machines. • Use Perform AppleScript to pass image data between FileMaker Pro and other applications. With AppleScript, you can pass images stored in container fields to other applications or pass images into FileMaker Pro container fields. • Use Perform AppleScript to communicate with applets and other scriptable applications.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1164.html>PAGE 1164</a></h6><p>Options • Perform without dialog prevents the Specify SQL dialog box, the Select ODBC Data Source dialog box, and the Password dialog box from displaying when the script step executes. • Click Specify to display the Specify SQL dialog box, where you can set the following options. • Specify displays the Select ODBC Data Source dialog box. Select a data source from the list, click OK, and enter a valid user name and password.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1165.html>PAGE 1165</a></h6><p>• Because Microsoft SQL Server supports both Unicode and non-Unicode field types, you must prefix all Unicode strings with an uppercase “N” (which stands for “National” in the SQL-92 standard). Otherwise, when a Unicode string containing non-English characters is passed to Microsoft SQL Server, you may lose any data that doesn’t exist in the Microsoft SQL Server code page. Example 1 Updates records in the Employees table of an external ODBC data source.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1166.html>PAGE 1166</a></h6><p>script text or type in the name of the script (make sure it is one that will be recognized by the target program). • other displays the Specify event dialog box, where you can manually enter the Apple event Event class and Event ID. • Select Document or click Specify to select the document you want used with the target application. For more information, see Creating file paths. • Select Calculation or click Specify to create a calculation that generates a value you want to send with the event.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1167.html>PAGE 1167</a></h6><p>Related topics Script steps reference (alphabetical list) Script steps reference (category list) Send Event (Windows) Purpose Starts another application, opens a document in another application, or prints a document in another application. Format Send Event [“<aevt>”; “<event name>”; “<filename>”] Options Click Specify to display the “Send Event” Options dialog box, where you can set the following options.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1168.html>PAGE 1168</a></h6><p>Description For additional scripting capabilities, you can create a program in Basic or C and run that program with this script step. Note When specifying a document or application by calculation or text, the file type or application name will appear as <unknown> in the script definition. Example 1 Opens the Notepad application. Send Event ["aevt"; "odoc"; "NOTEPAD.EXE"] Example 2 Opens the image.bmp file with its default application. Send Event ["aevt"; "odoc"; "image.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1169.html>PAGE 1169</a></h6><p>Description Use comments to document your script. Comments appear in bold and are prefaced with a #. Comments are present only when you are viewing the script and do not appear when the script is performed. Note Comments print in italics. Example 1 Shows how comments are used to explain script steps.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1170.html>PAGE 1170</a></h6><p>Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description FileMaker Pro automatically flushes changes from its internal file cache to the computer's hard disk during idle time. Use this script step to force FileMaker Pro to flush its internal file cache after extensive changes have been made through script steps such as the Import Records script step or the Replace Field Contents script step. Example 1 Assigns serial numbers to all records in the found set and flushes the changes to the disk.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1171.html>PAGE 1171</a></h6><p>Originated in FileMaker Pro 6.0 or earlier Description • In FileMaker WebDirect, the Exit Application script step logs out the current web session and returns you to the FileMaker WebDirect Database Homepage. • In FileMaker Go, the Exit Application script step closes all open databases and leaves FileMaker Go running. Example 1 Prevents the user from opening the database on a weekend. Started by the OnFirstWindowOpen script trigger.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1172.html>PAGE 1172</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Script triggers reference You can set up a script trigger to specify that a script runs when an event occurs. Click the links for the topics in this section to see a description of each script trigger.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1173.html>PAGE 1173</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference • See Changing object data without activating script triggers for a list of actions that do not activate this script trigger. Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnObjectKeystroke Triggers a script to run when an object is active and receives one or more characters from the keyboard, either directly or via an input method editor (IME).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1174.html>PAGE 1174</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference The first of these steps to use the key stops the process. A script executed by the OnObjectKeystroke or OnLayoutKeystroke script trigger can stop further processing of the keystroke by returning False. • Keyboard shortcuts such as cut and paste actions (Windows: Ctrl-X, Ctrl-V; OS X: Command-X, Command-V) will not activate this script trigger. • Using the arrow keys or mouse to navigate and select within pop-up lists, menus, and calendars will not activate this trigger.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1175.html>PAGE 1175</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference • auto-enter fields are updated • The OnObjectModify script trigger can be set for summary and calculation fields, but it will not activate. Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnObjectValidate Triggers a script to run before an active object has been validated and saved. When the script runs Before the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used Browse and Find modes.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1176.html>PAGE 1176</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Result You can use the Exit Script script step within the triggered script to return True or False. • True: The event that triggered the script proceeds. • False: The event that triggered the script is canceled, but the object is saved and the field that was active before the event that triggered the script remains active. Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.0 Notes • This script trigger activates only when the selected field data has been changed.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1177.html>PAGE 1177</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Notes • The trigger will activate regardless of how the object is formatted. • If the object is set to not allow entry, the script can only be triggered if the object is entered using a script step. • The OnObjectEnter, OnObjectExit, and OnObjectKeystroke script triggers can be activated when assigned to summary and calculation fields.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1178.html>PAGE 1178</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnRecordLoad Triggers a script to run after a record is made current or entered, such as after a user or script switches to a layout, switches records, opens a new window, creates or deletes a record, or performs a Find operation. When the script runs After the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used Browse and Find modes. Result None.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1179.html>PAGE 1179</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference When the script runs Before the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used Browse and Find modes. Result You can use the Exit Script script step within the triggered script to return True or False. • True: The event that triggered the script proceeds. • False: The event that triggered the script is canceled. Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1180.html>PAGE 1180</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.0 Notes • This trigger fires only when there are uncommitted record changes. • Clicking Revert Field in a field validation error dialog box does not activate this script trigger. • See Changing object data without activating script triggers for a list of other actions that do not activate this script trigger.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1181.html>PAGE 1181</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference 1. The operating system processes certain keys. 2. FileMaker Pro processes keyboard shortcut keys. 3. An active object with an OnObjectKeystroke script trigger can process a character. 4. An OnLayoutKeystroke script trigger can process a character. 5. Navigational keys are used for navigation, while non-navigational keys are processed by an active object with an OnObjectKeystroke script trigger. 6. If there is no active object, an alert displays for non-navigational keys.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1182.html>PAGE 1182</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnLayoutExit Triggers a script to run before a layout is exited. When the script runs Before the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used Browse, Find, and Preview modes. Result You can use the Exit Script script step within the triggered script to return True or False. • True: The event that triggered the script proceeds.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1183.html>PAGE 1183</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Result None. Originated in FileMaker Pro 13.0 Notes • Use the Get(WindowOrientation) function to return the current window orientation. • If you resize the window using a mouse, this trigger activates only when you finish resizing the window. Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnModeEnter Triggers a script to run after you switch modes manually or in a script step.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1184.html>PAGE 1184</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference When the script runs Before the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used Browse, Find, and Preview modes. Result You can use the Exit Script script step within the triggered script to return True or False. • True: The event that triggered the script proceeds. • False: The event that triggered the script is canceled. Originated in FileMaker Pro 10.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1185.html>PAGE 1185</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnGestureTap Triggers a script to run when a tap gesture is received on a layout in FileMaker Go. When the script runs Before the event has been processed. Modes in which the trigger can be used OnGestureTap can be set up to activate in Browse and Find modes. Result You can use the Exit Script script step within the triggered script to return True or False.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1186.html>PAGE 1186</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Result None. Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.0 Notes Although this is typically the first time you open a file, you can also trigger a script this way when you open a window for a hidden file previously opened via a script or relationship. Related topics Setting up script triggers Setting script triggers for layouts Setting script triggers for objects OnLastWindowClose Triggers a script to run each time you close the last window of a database file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1187.html>PAGE 1187</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference OnWindowOpen Triggers a script to run each time you open a window of a database file. When the script runs After a window is opened or after OnFirstWindowOpen (if it is selected in the Script Triggers tab) is activated. Modes in which the trigger can be used OnWindowOpen activates before FileMaker Pro enters a mode. Result None. Originated in FileMaker Pro 12.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1188.html>PAGE 1188</a></h6><p>Script triggers reference Notes • The script will run even if the file itself remains open, for example if it is referenced by another file with open windows. The closing script will be performed each time a window of the specified file is closed. • If the script executed by the OnWindowClose script trigger returns a False value, then the file will not close.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1189.html>PAGE 1189</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version FileMaker Pro features by version This topic lists the features introduced in previous versions of FileMaker Pro and FileMaker Pro Advanced starting from version 8.0. For details about each feature, download the product documentation at http://www.filemaker.com/downloads. For information about when script steps, functions, and script triggers were introduced, see the individual Help topics.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1190.html>PAGE 1190</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Create custom menus. • Monitor fields, variables, and calculations using the Data Viewer. • View sub-scripts as you step through scripts. • Disable script steps. • Enhanced Database Design Report. FileMaker Pro 8.5 • Use web viewers to access websites such as FedEx® or GoogleTM from a layout. • Web Viewer Example database with sample records and data to show you how you can use web viewers. You must have an internet connection to use this database.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1191.html>PAGE 1191</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Online update notification – Receive notification when software updates are available over the Internet. • Auto-resize layout objects – Specify how layout objects dynamically adjust to window resizing. As you resize windows, data contracts or expands on a form, in Preview mode, and in printing. • Enhanced tab panel control – Use new tab control setup features to set the default tab and tab width on a form.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1192.html>PAGE 1192</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Improved Find mode – A badge database. indicates the fields you can use to search your • Layout object tooltips – Use FileMaker Pro to add descriptive text that appears when users move the pointer over layout objects in Browse or Find modes. • FileMaker Quick Start Screen – Create a FileMaker Pro database from an Excel or Bento 2 (or a later supported version) file. Access instructional materials, such as videos and the FileMaker Tutorial, from the Learn More panel.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1193.html>PAGE 1193</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Default layout view – Set the default view (Form, List, Table) that you want to appear when you first open a layout. • Enhanced New Layout/Report assistant – Offers a more streamlined approach for grouping data and creating summary reports. • Recurring import – Automatically import data from Microsoft Excel or other data sources, such as Tab and CSV, into FileMaker Pro 11. Updates in the source file are reflected in the FileMaker Pro table.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1194.html>PAGE 1194</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • In Windows, move the scripting windows outside the FileMaker Pro application window. Menus inside these scripting windows allow you to manage and edit your scripts. • Origination information in Help – Each script step, script trigger, and function description includes the version of FileMaker Pro in which it was created. • Function and script trigger name changes: • Get(PrivilegeSetName) function changed to Get(CurrentPrivilegeSetName).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1195.html>PAGE 1195</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Updated Starter Solutions – FileMaker Pro Starter Solutions have been updated to a modern appearance with more options for customization. Some Starter Solutions contain layouts designed for FileMaker Go. • New file format – The FileMaker Pro file format has been changed to support the new features. • Enhanced container fields – You can now store container data outside of the database file in managed storage.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1196.html>PAGE 1196</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Improved integration with external SQL sources (ESS) – If one or more table names have changed in an ODBC data source, you can update links between a FileMaker Pro file and the source. You can also force-commit changes when optimistic locking otherwise prevents the commit action.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1197.html>PAGE 1197</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro features by version • Windows: Support for OLE – You can no longer insert or work with OLE objects from earlier versions of FileMaker Pro. Because of this change, the Insert Object and Update Link script steps, menu items related to OLE objects, and the Update all links before printing option in the Print dialog box have been removed. However, you can activate OLE objects in container fields and on layouts and save them to their original formats.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1198.html>PAGE 1198</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Power failures, hardware problems, and other factors can damage a FileMaker Pro database file. Although the Recover feature might be able to salvage a damaged file, it is strongly recommended that you perform regular maintenance on your FileMaker Pro databases.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1199.html>PAGE 1199</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases A strong backup strategy is one that employs multiple media and backs up on a consistent schedule. This affords you some protection against the failure of a single hard disk, removable disk, tape, or other media. In its simplest form, backing up means copying your files to another disk for safekeeping. As your files become larger or more numerous, you might need to use a third-party program to do a proper backup.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1200.html>PAGE 1200</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases 11. Close the solution file. This script will create a backup of your file every fifth time you close the file. Saving a compacted copy When you save a compacted copy of a file, FileMaker Pro re-creates the entire database, fitting as much data into each block as possible. This copies the logical structure, or arrangement, into the new file and reclaims unused space.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1201.html>PAGE 1201</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Preventing database damage File corruption is not inevitable, but it's a good idea to take measures to prevent damage and to ensure that databases are properly backed up. • Routine backups are strongly recommended with any database. • Back up heavily used databases frequently enough so that you will not lose more than one day of work. • Use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). • Check the condition of the hard disk with a drive utility program.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1202.html>PAGE 1202</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Related topics Troubleshooting file recovery Damaged layouts If a FileMaker Pro database file hangs or crashes when you switch to a particular layout, the layout may contain a damaged or corrupted object. If this happens, try deleting the corrupted object. This may be difficult, however, as the corruption may not be visible.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1203.html>PAGE 1203</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Checking file consistency FileMaker Pro verifies the consistency of a database file, if needed, when the file is opened. You can also have FileMaker Pro verify consistency if you suspect that a file is damaged.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1204.html>PAGE 1204</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases FileMaker Pro displays the “Name new recovered file” dialog box. The original (damaged) filename, followed by Recovered, displays for File name (Windows) or Save As (OS X). 3. Accept the default name, or enter a different name for the recovered file. 4. To have FileMaker Pro use the default file recovery settings (recommended for best results), make sure that Use advanced options is deselected and then skip to the next step.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1205.html>PAGE 1205</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases For this component Field indexes One of these messages is displayed • Rebuilt • NOT modified • Removed for later rebuilding (as needed) • Some rebuilt, some removed for later rebuilding In many cases, a successfully recovered database is larger than the original database. This is caused by new disk blocks being allocated as the database is recovered.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1206.html>PAGE 1206</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases 5. Select one or more additional options to define how to scan and rebuild the new database after the new file has been generated. Select To Default Scan record data and rebuild fields and tables Rebuild the file’s schema. This option forces all records and field data to be scanned. On Note Scanning all the records and field data may take a long time, but it’s the only option that re-creates missing field or table definitions.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1207.html>PAGE 1207</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases • If you change file recovery settings and then switch to using a script that bypasses dialog boxes, FileMaker Pro uses its default file recovery options (instead of those you set). If you return to recovering files using dialog boxes, however, the changed settings are restored. • Whenever you only want to bypass the layout to open the file, select Copy blocks as-is and Bypass on open script, and leave other options deselected.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1208.html>PAGE 1208</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Problem Solution FileMaker Pro crashes or hangs when opening a file that displays a layout containing a corrupted graphic. The layout can't be avoided because of an On Open script or because the Switch to Layout option (in the File Options dialog box) is selected. Try opening the file from a different file (which you can do if the file contains a script that switches to a layout other than the opening layout) and then deleting the corrupted layout.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1209.html>PAGE 1209</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Problem Solution A database you tried to open is reported as damaged, and you want to try saving a compacted copy of the file. In the Advanced Recovery Options dialog box, select Copy logical structure, but select none of the checkboxes. This option performs the exact same operation as saving a compacted copy of the database.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1210.html>PAGE 1210</a></h6><p>Maintaining and recovering FileMaker Pro databases Problem Solution You want to recover a large file in the shortest possible amount of time while ensuring that everything important about recovering the file is performed. In the Advanced Recovery Options dialog box, select Scan blocks and rebuild file and then select Scan record data and rebuild fields and tables (schema), Scan and rebuild scripts, layouts, etc. (structure), and Rebuild field indexes / Later.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1211.html>PAGE 1211</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes FileMaker Pro error codes This table describes the numbered error codes returned by the Get(LastError) function, or by the Script Debugger in FileMaker Pro Advanced. Error Number Description -1 Unknown error 0 No error 1 User canceled action 2 Memory error 3 Command is unavailable (for example, wrong operating system, wrong mode, etc.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1212.html>PAGE 1212</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 110 Related tables are missing 111 Field repetition is invalid 112 Window is missing 113 Function is missing 114 File reference is missing 115 Menu set is missing 116 Layout object is missing 117 Data source is missing 118 Theme is missing 130 Files are damaged or missing and must be reinstalled 131 Language pack files are missing (such as Starter Solutions) 200 Record access is denied 201 Field cannot be modified 202 Field acc</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1213.html>PAGE 1213</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 308 Theme is locked and in use by another user 400 Find criteria are empty 401 No records match the request 402 Selected field is not a match field for a lookup 403 Exceeding maximum record limit for trial version of FileMaker Pro 404 Sort order is invalid 405 Number of records specified exceeds number of records that can be omitted 406 Replace/Reserialize criteria are invalid 407 One or both match fields are missing (invalid relationshi</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1214.html>PAGE 1214</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 700 File is of the wrong file type for import 706 EPSF file has no preview image 707 Graphic translator cannot be found 708 Can't import the file or need color monitor support to import file 709 QuickTime movie import failed 710 Unable to update QuickTime reference because the database file is read-only 711 Import translator cannot be found 714 Password privileges do not allow the operation 715 Specified Excel worksheet or named range is</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1215.html>PAGE 1215</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 802 Unable to open file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1216.html>PAGE 1216</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 920 Can’t initialize the spelling engine 921 User dictionary cannot be loaded for editing 922 User dictionary cannot be found 923 User dictionary is read-only 951 An unexpected error occurred (*) 954 Unsupported XML grammar (*) 955 No database name (*) 956 Maximum number of database sessions exceeded (*) 957 Conflicting commands (*) 958 Parameter missing (*) 959 Custom Web Publishing technology is disabled 960 Parameter is invalid</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1217.html>PAGE 1217</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Error Number Description 1225 Function referred to is not supported in this context 1300 The specified name can’t be used 1301 One of the parameters of the function being imported or pasted has the same name as a function already in the file 1400 ODBC client driver initialization failed; make sure the ODBC client drivers are properly installed 1401 Failed to allocate environment (ODBC) 1402 Failed to free environment (ODBC) 1403 Failed to disconnect (ODBC) 1404 Fa</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1218.html>PAGE 1218</a></h6><p>FileMaker Pro error codes Get(LastODBCError) function Debugging scripts (FileMaker Pro Advanced) function FILEMAKER PRO HELP 1218</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1219.html>PAGE 1219</a></h6><p>Glossary Glossary A Access key (Windows) A key that activates a menu, menu item, or control when used with the ALT key. In Windows, this key corresponds to the underlined letter on a menu, command, or dialog box option. Access privileges Permission to view and work with certain records, fields, layouts, value lists, and scripts and to perform selected activities in a file. Account A username and (usually) password that accesses a file with a defined level of privileges.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1220.html>PAGE 1220</a></h6><p>B (FileMaker Server can also authenticate an account via External Server — an external authentication system such as Apple Open Directory, or a Windows Domain.) Authorization Allowing a file to access a protected file’s schema (including its tables, layouts, scripts, and value lists). Such a file is an authorized file. Auxiliary files In a FileMaker Pro Advanced runtime solution, files that are bundled with a primary file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1221.html>PAGE 1221</a></h6><p>C bar), view your records in a list (click List View), or view records arranged in a spreadsheet-like table (click Table View). (Use Browse mode to enter and edit your information; use Layout mode to design how your information is displayed. Use Find mode to find records that match search criteria; use Preview mode to display how your records will print.) Button A layout object that performs a specified script in Browse or Find modes. C Cache The amount of memory assigned to FileMaker Pro.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1222.html>PAGE 1222</a></h6><p>C Client/server architecture The relationship between two networked computers that share resources. The client requests services from the server, and the server provides services to the client. Clipboard A temporary storage area in computer memory where FileMaker Pro places the most recent selection you've cut or copied. Clone A copy of a FileMaker Pro file that contains all the field definitions, tables, layouts, scripts, and page setup options, but none of the data.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1223.html>PAGE 1223</a></h6><p>D Custom menu A menu that is not one of the default FileMaker Pro menus. In FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can create custom menus, menu items, and menu sets. D Data Entry Only privilege set One of the three predefined privilege sets that appear in every file. The Data Entry Only privilege set allows read/write access to the records in a file, but not design access (for example, the ability to create layouts and value lists).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1224.html>PAGE 1224</a></h6><p>D Developer Utilities A FileMaker Pro Advanced feature that lets you bind files into a runtime solution, display files in Kiosk mode, prevent users from modifying the design or structure of databases, and automatically rename sets of files and update links to related files. Dialog window A document window in a modal state. Its behavior is similar to the behavior of a window when a running script is paused. You can create and customize a dialog window using the New Window script step.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1225.html>PAGE 1225</a></h6><p>E E Email Electronic mail. A system for transmitting messages from one computer or terminal to another. A message sent from one computer user to another is stored in the recipient’s account mailbox until that person logs onto the system and reads the message. Embedded For container fields, a file that is stored in the container field. Container data can also be stored by reference or stored externally. Encryption password The password required to open an encrypted file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1226.html>PAGE 1226</a></h6><p>F refer to the object on a layout that displays the data, such as an edit box, checkbox set, or popup menu. Field boundary In Layout mode, an outline that shows the size of a field. To see field boundaries, choose View menu > Show > Field Boundaries. These boundaries only appear in Layout mode. However, you can use the Appearance tab of the Inspector to format objects to have borders that do appear in Browse mode and when you print the layout. Field label Text on a layout that identifies a field.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1227.html>PAGE 1227</a></h6><p>F Floating document window A standard modeless FileMaker window that stays on top of other windows while users work in FileMaker Pro. You can create and customize a floating window using the New Window script step. Footer part Use the footer part for page numbers or dates. This part appears at the bottom of every screen or page (unless you add a Title Footer). You can have only one footer in a layout. A field in the footer displays data from the last record on that page.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1228.html>PAGE 1228</a></h6><p>G Function list separator The punctuation character ; (a semicolon) that separates parameters in a function definition. If you type a comma (,), FileMaker Pro automatically changes it to a semicolon after you close the Specify Calculation dialog box. G GIF (Graphics Interchange Format) A platform-independent file format often used to distribute graphics on the internet. Global field A field defined with the global storage option can contain one value that's used for all records in a file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1229.html>PAGE 1229</a></h6><p>H H Handle One of the small squares surrounding a selected object, and used to resize and reshape the object. Header part Use a header part for column headings, titles, and other information that appears only at the top of every page on a layout. FileMaker Pro displays the header in Browse mode and prints it on every page, except the first page if you add a title header. Fields added to a header are printed on every page, using data from the first record on that page.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1230.html>PAGE 1230</a></h6><p>J, K Internet Service Provider (ISP) The company from which you purchase your connection to the internet. Intranet A private TCP/IP network of linked computers within a company or organization. IP (Internet Protocol) address For IPv4, a four-part number, usually formatted as 12.34.56.78, that uniquely identifies a computer on the internet; for IPv6, an eight-part number, usually formatted as [2001:0DB8:85A3:08D3:1319:8A2E:0370:7334], that uniquely identifies a computer on the internet.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1231.html>PAGE 1231</a></h6><p>L Layout bar in Layout mode If you don't see the status toolbar, click the status toolbar control button document window. at the bottom of the Layout mode The FileMaker mode in which you determine how information in fields is presented on the screen and in printed reports. (Use Browse mode to enter and edit your information; use Layout mode to design how your information is displayed. Use Find mode to find records that match search criteria; use Preview mode to display how your records will print.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1232.html>PAGE 1232</a></h6><p>M Link On a web page, text or a graphic which — when you click it — displays an associated web page or a specific element within a page. Also, the HTML code that creates a link to another web page or to a specific element within a page. List View Displays records one record at a time in a list format. To select this view, click List View in the layout bar. If you don't see the status toolbar, click the status toolbar control button document window.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1233.html>PAGE 1233</a></h6><p>N Menu bar The area at the top of the window (Windows) or screen (OS X) that displays the installed menu set. Menu item One item listed in a menu on the menu bar. A menu item corresponds with one command, submenu, or separator. Menu item properties All the settings for a menu item, including platform, display title, shortcut, and action. Menu set The collection of menus that installs on the menu bar. Merge field A placeholder on a layout for the contents of a database field.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1234.html>PAGE 1234</a></h6><p>O O Object On a FileMaker Pro layout, an object is a discrete entity or shape that you can select, move, modify, delete, or name. Lines, fields, buttons, popovers, panel controls, portals, imported graphics, blocks of text, tab controls, and web viewers are objects. ODBC An API that uses SQL statements to access data from, and exchange data with, many database management systems.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1235.html>PAGE 1235</a></h6><p>Q Plug-in Software that extends the capabilities of an application in a specific way. Popover A layout object that can contain other layout objects. Popovers include a content area (where objects are placed) and can include a title. You open a popover by clicking a popover button. Popovers reposition on the screen as needed to stay in view. Popover button A layout object that opens a popover.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1236.html>PAGE 1236</a></h6><p>R R Read-Only Access privilege set One of the three predefined privilege sets that appear in every file. The Read-Only Access privilege set allows read access to the records in a file, but not write or design access. Record One set of fields in a database table. Each record contains data about a single activity, individual, subject, or transaction. Recover If a file is damaged (for example, from an unexpected quit during a hard-drive update), you can attempt to recover the file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1237.html>PAGE 1237</a></h6><p>S Repeating field A field containing multiple, separate values. Report layout A predefined layout type for setting up reports. You can create a layout with simple rows and columns of data (as in a list), or a complex report with grouped data (subsummary reports). The fields that you specify appear in columns across the screen or page in one line. Field names are in the header part and the footer part is blank. Report with grouped data A subsummary report that you create using the Report layout type.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1238.html>PAGE 1238</a></h6><p>S scripts, and value lists). Security also includes extended privileges, which determine the data sharing options that are permitted by a privilege set. Self-join A relationship between fields in the same table. This creates another occurrence of the table in the relationships graph. Separator A line within a menu that separates or groups menu items. Serial number A unique number entered by FileMaker Pro for each record.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1239.html>PAGE 1239</a></h6><p>S Slider In the status toolbar, the navigation control for quickly moving to a record in your database file based on its location in the file. For example, in Browse mode, move the slider to the left to go to the first record and to the right to go to the last record. In Browse mode, moving the slider changes the current record. In Find mode, moving the slider changes the current find request. In Layout mode, moving the slider changes the current layout.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1240.html>PAGE 1240</a></h6><p>S You specify a startup script in the File Options dialog box. Status toolbar The area across the top of the document window that displays navigation controls, customizable buttons, and a layout bar for working with layouts. In Layout mode, it includes layout tools. Status toolbar in Browse mode (Windows) Status toolbar in Layout mode (OS X) If you don't see the status toolbar, click the status toolbar control button document window.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1241.html>PAGE 1241</a></h6><p>T to use the system’s settings or the file’s settings. Using the Inspector, you can also format number fields to display decimals and thousands separators according to the current system formats. T Tab control A layout object made up of one or more tab panels that allows you to organize fields and other objects within each tab panel's borders. Tab control and tab panels in Browse mode Tab order The order in which you move from field to field in a record.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1242.html>PAGE 1242</a></h6><p>U Text baseline In Layout mode, the guideline that appears at the base of the text in a field or text block. Text baselines can be solid, dotted, or dashed. If you want text baselines to also appear in Browse and Find modes, select Text baselines in the Appearance tab of the Inspector. If you don’t see the Inspector, choose View menu > Inspector. Text expression Any expression that returns a text result.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1243.html>PAGE 1243</a></h6><p>W, X, Y, Z throughout the current file (global). Local and global variables can have the same name but they are treated as different variables. View An arrangement of your data primarily useful for onscreen manipulation. In Browse mode, Find mode, or Preview mode, Form View displays individual records, List View displays records in a list, and Table View displays records in a spreadsheet-like table format. W, X, Y, Z Web address The calculated expression that you enter in the Web Viewer Setup dialog box.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1244.html>PAGE 1244</a></h6><p>W, X, Y, Z FileMaker Pro can export XML data that can then be used, for example, by spreadsheet applications, data charting applications, and enterprise SQL databases. FileMaker Pro can also import XML data. Y-axis data In a column, stacked column, line, and area chart, the data series you are measuring (for example, annual sales). In a bar or stacked bar chart, the data series you are comparing (for example, company name).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1245.html>PAGE 1245</a></h6><p>Registration Registration Please take the time to register your product during installation, or by choosing Help menu > Register FileMaker Pro in FileMaker Pro or Help menu > Register FileMaker Pro Advanced in FileMaker Pro Advanced. By registering your software, you may be eligible for upgrade offers and other customer services. If you are using the FileMaker Pro trial version, you must register your software prior to use.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1246.html>PAGE 1246</a></h6><p>Customer Support and Knowledge Base Customer Support and Knowledge Base Choose Help menu > Resource Center to access: • ready-made solutions • instructional videos and tutorials • customer stories • forums and other support options To access the FileMaker Knowledge Base, visit http://help.filemaker.com. To see system requirements, visit http://www.filemaker.com/products. Note Information in the FileMaker Knowledge Base and the FileMaker Forum may not be available in all languages.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1247.html>PAGE 1247</a></h6><p>Copyright information Copyright information © 1992-2013 FileMaker, Inc. All rights reserved. FileMaker, Inc. 5201 Patrick Henry Drive Santa Clara, California 95054 FileMaker and Bento are trademarks of FileMaker, Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries. The file folder logo, WebDirect, and the Bento logo are trademarks of FileMaker, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. FileMaker documentation is copyrighted.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1248.html>PAGE 1248</a></h6><p>Help topics that do not appear in the main table of contents Creating a database Choosing a language for indexing or sorting When you create a file, FileMaker Pro uses the operating system language setting to determine the language used for indexing text fields and sorting data. You can choose a different language in the Storage tab of the Options for Field dialog box (for indexing and sorting) and the Sort Records dialog box (for sorting only).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1249.html>PAGE 1249</a></h6><p>If you have been using the ASCII setting for sorting and indexing data in previous versions of FileMaker Pro, you can use the Unicode setting to achieve similar results. Related topics Defining field indexing options Sorting records Using a field index Defining value lists Choosing the evaluation context for a calculation field Context is the table in the relationships graph from which a relationship is evaluated.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1250.html>PAGE 1250</a></h6><p>• In the first, ColorsTable 1 and ShapesTable are related using the Style Number fields. • In the second, ColorsTable 2 and ShapesTable are related using the Weight fields. Because ColorsTable 1 and ColorsTable 2 share the same source table, a calculation defined in ColorsSourceTable can be evaluated from the context of either the ColorsTable 1 table occurrence or the ColorsTable 2 table occurrence.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1251.html>PAGE 1251</a></h6><p>Notes • When constructing a calculation formula, evaluation context determines which tables appear as related and unrelated in the Specify Calculation dialog box. • A calculation formula can use global fields from unrelated tables. These are the only fields that can be used from unrelated tables. Related topics About relationships Defining calculation fields About formulas Specify Calculation dialog box This dialog box appears so that you can build a formula for a calculation or calculated field. 1.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1252.html>PAGE 1252</a></h6><p>• Tab to or click in the field, operators, or functions list. • Type the first few letters of a field name, operator, or function to move to that item in the list. • Press Insert (Windows) or the Space bar (OS X) to place it in the formula box. 3. Select calculation options for the field. To Do this Set the field type of the result Choose a data type for Calculation result is <value>. Choose the correct type for the result you want. See About choosing a field type.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1253.html>PAGE 1253</a></h6><p>Layout/Report assistant context-sensitive pages New Layout/Report (New Layout/Report assistant) In this panel of the New Layout/Report assistant, you specify the database table this layout will access, a name for the layout, the type of layout that you want to create, and a default view for the layout.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1254.html>PAGE 1254</a></h6><p>Choose To List Display records in List View. In Browse mode, you see records in a list. Depending on the size of the layout, you may see several records at a time. List View is good for viewing or printing multiple records in rows (a list of records). Table Display records in Table View. The fields are displayed in a grid in the order you specify from left to right. Field names are the column headings. Report Display or print data in a report.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1255.html>PAGE 1255</a></h6><p>To add to the layout Do this The page number when you preview or print. (In Layout mode, you see the page number symbol, {{PageNumber}}.) Choose Page Number. The current system date when you preview or print. (In Layout mode, you see the current date symbol, {{CurrentDate}}.) Choose Current Date. The layout name you specified in the first panel of the assistant. Choose Layout Name. Text in a font size slightly larger than (1.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1256.html>PAGE 1256</a></h6><p>To create a custom label dimension: 1. First, try to match your labels to a predefined dimension. 2. If you can't match your labels to a predefined dimension, select Use custom measurements, and type values for Labels across the page, Width, and Height. 3. Measure the unused margins on the label stock. Then, select Fixed page margins and enter values for Top, Bottom, Left, and Right.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1257.html>PAGE 1257</a></h6><p>Notes and tips • To select more than one field name in the field lists, Shift-click to select contiguous fields, Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) to select non-contiguous fields. • If you chose to include subtotals (in the New Layout/Report panel), FileMaker Pro will subsummarize fields based on the report categories you choose in this panel. You will specify how the subsummaries work in the Specify Subtotals panel later in the assistant.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1258.html>PAGE 1258</a></h6><p>To Do this Include a field in the report In Available fields, double-click the fields you want, in the order you want them to appear. Or, select one or more fields, then click Move. To choose a field from another table, first choose the table from the list of tables, and then choose the field. You can also create a new field or table by choosing Manage Database from the list of tables. Remove fields you've already selected In Fields shown on layout/report, double-click the field you want to remove.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1259.html>PAGE 1259</a></h6><p>3. Click OK. 4. For Grand total placement, choose Beginning of report, End of report, or Beginning and end. FileMaker Pro places the summary field vertically in line with the field the summary field is based on. 5. Click Add Grand Total. The grand total appears in the Grand totals list. 6. Repeat the above steps for each grand total that you want to add.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1260.html>PAGE 1260</a></h6><p>• If you want to include only a certain subset of the records in the database when you run this report, you can edit the script to include a Perform Find script step after you finish the assistant. Related topics Creating a layout Viewing records as a form, list, or table Creating and editing scripts Sort Records (New Layout/Report assistant) In this panel of the New Layout/Report assistant, you select the fields that you want the records sorted by.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1261.html>PAGE 1261</a></h6><p>• Repeating fields sort by the value in the first repetition. • The Reorder based on summary field option lets you sort grouped summary data. Suppose you want to group data by region, then display total sales in each region from highest to lowest rather than alphabetically by region. To do this, you can define a summary field in the file (for example, Total Sales) and group the report by Region in the Organize Records by Category panel of the New Layout/Report assistant.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1262.html>PAGE 1262</a></h6><p>Notes and tips • To select more than one field name in the field lists, Shift-click to select contiguous fields. Ctrl-click (Windows) or Command-click (OS X) to select non-contiguous fields. • You can’t enter or edit data using merge fields; use another layout for that purpose. Related topics Creating a layout Printing envelopes Specify Label Contents (New Layout/Report assistant) In this panel of the New Layout/Report assistant, you place the fields and text you want to print on each label.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1263.html>PAGE 1263</a></h6><p>Printing labels Specify Subtotals (New Layout/Report assistant) If you selected Include Subtotals in the Include Subtotals and Grand Totals panel, you can use this panel to define how they appear. Note FileMaker Pro uses the term subsummary to include not only subtotals, but also averages, counts, and other summary data for a subset of records (the categories of records you defined in the Organize Records by Category panel). To specify a subtotal: 1. For Summary field, click Specify.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1264.html>PAGE 1264</a></h6><p>summary fields in the subsummary part in the report. You can change the order of the summary fields after you finish the assistant. Related topics Creating a layout Options for Summary Field dialog box (New Layout/Report assistant) If you clicked Add in the Specify Field dialog box, you can use the Options for Summary Field dialog box to define a new summary field for this report from within the New Layout/Report assistant.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1265.html>PAGE 1265</a></h6><p>For Select To Average of Weighted average. In the field list that appears, select the field that contains the weight factor. Determine the average in one field based on a value in another field that is used as a weight factor. Count of Running count Show the cumulative count of the current and all previous records. To restart the running count for each sorted group, also select Restart summary for each sorted group and select the field upon which the sort will be restarted from the field list.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1266.html>PAGE 1266</a></h6><p>• If you are using FileMaker Pro Advanced, you can copy field schemas from one file and paste them into the same file or some other file. For more information, see Copying and pasting field schemas (FileMaker Pro Advanced). Related topics Changing summary fields Summary data is missing or incorrect Specifying formats for fields containing numbers Creating and managing layouts and reports About layout types You can use the New Layout/Report assistant to create several types of layouts.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1267.html>PAGE 1267</a></h6><p>Vertical Labels A Vertical Labels layout is like the Labels layout above, except that Asian and full-width characters are rotated so that labels may be used vertically. See Formatting fields and text for vertical writing. Envelopes An Envelope layout contains the fields you select, arranged to print on a standard “Number 10” business envelope. You can only print (or preview) data; you can't add information. (Use another layout type for data entry or finding data.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1268.html>PAGE 1268</a></h6><p>• If you're having trouble getting the results you want for a report with grouped data, refer to the onscreen Help available for each panel of the assistant. • When you create a Report layout, you have the choice of saving a script that switches to the layout, and sorts the records (if specified). The script is added to the Scripts menu, where you can choose it to run the report in the future. Verify that you're viewing the found set that you want before running the script.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1269.html>PAGE 1269</a></h6><p>relationship, the most recent date displays in the related field when it's placed directly on the layout (not in a portal). • Place related fields on the invoice that display data about each ordered item, such as Product ID, Product Name, Unit Price, and so on. (The match field is Order ID.) Since in most cases there is more than one product on the invoice (you're displaying more than one related record), you create a portal to hold the related fields.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1270.html>PAGE 1270</a></h6><p>Placed field Path from layout’s table to field’s table Does path include Starting portal’s table? point Comment Name field from Classes-Enrollment- Yes Students Students table Portal’s record The placed field is from the portal’s table (a very common occurrence). The field would display an enrolled student in each row of the portal. Name field from Classes-Enrollment- Yes Advisors table Students-Advisors Portal’s record The placed field would display each student’s advisor in each row of the portal.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1271.html>PAGE 1271</a></h6><p>• An ampersand (&) is encoded only if a space follows it. For example, “& “is encoded, but “&x” is not. • A pound sign (#) is encoded only if a number character (0 through 9) follows it. • The backslash (\) and percent (%) characters are always encoded. • All other characters are always encoded. Notes • All of the characters listed above are Unicode characters. When a character is encoded, both bytes are encoded separately (unless the first byte is 00), as described by the URL encoding standard.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1272.html>PAGE 1272</a></h6><p>Users can click links, enter text, scroll, tab into, and use the shortcut menu in the web viewer. If you clear this checkbox, all interaction is disabled; even scroll bars are not displayed. 5. Select Display content in Find mode if you want the web viewer to display a web page in Find mode. After the user enters a value into a field and moves out of that field, the web viewer recalculates the URL and reloads the web page, if the web address is based on this field.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1273.html>PAGE 1273</a></h6><p>Priority used for displaying formatting attributes Conditional formatting User-defined conditional formatting saved on layouts Local formatting Settings saved for each object Changes do not affect other objects User-defined formatting not saved in styles Custom styles saved on layouts User-defined formatting saved in styles at the layout level Changes saved for an object are applied to other objects of the same style on the current layout, but not on other layouts Custom styles saved in themes User-d</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1274.html>PAGE 1274</a></h6><p>Example of a value list that includes only related field values If you are generating the values in a value list from a field, you can have FileMaker Pro dynamically change the value list's values based on the values in a second field. In other words, the value list will only display values in the first field from related records where the relationship definition is met by a value entered into the second field.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1275.html>PAGE 1275</a></h6><p>The package contains a Contents folder, which has information on the package and the Frameworks, OS X, and Resources folders. The Resources folder includes the language resources folders (*.lproj). The package can be opened by using the Show Package Contents command. The Extensions folder accompanies OS X package and contains the Dictionaries folder. The Dictionaries folder contains dictionary files (*.mpr) for all of the languages supported.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1276.html>PAGE 1276</a></h6><p>Client plug-in enabled state calculation Let ( [ PluginNamePosition = Position ( Get(InstalledFMPlugins); Plugin Name ; 1 ; 1 ); PluginStateStart = Position ( Get(InstalledFMPlugins); ";" ; PluginNamePosition ; 2 ) + 1; PluginStateEnd = If ( Position ( Get(InstalledFMPlugins); "¶" ; PluginNamePosition ; 1 ) > 0; Position ( Get(InstalledFMPlugins); "¶" ; PluginNamePosition ; 1 ); Length( Get(InstalledFMPlugins) ) + 1 ); PluginStateLength = PluginStateEnd - PluginStateStart ]; Middle ( Get(InstalledFMPlugins</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1277.html>PAGE 1277</a></h6><p>Important To more fully protect data, use record privileges, which limit access to all occurrences of specific tables, records, or fields no matter where they are displayed or accessed.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1278.html>PAGE 1278</a></h6><p>Because the performance of the host can be affected by the number of active connections it must maintain, in most cases, you should edit privilege sets to disconnect users from the host computer when they are idle. Because you can set this option on a privilege set basis, you set certain users to be disconnected while permitting other users to always maintain their connections. Review the following notes for more details on disconnecting clients of shared files.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1279.html>PAGE 1279</a></h6><p>Related topics Importing scripts from other FileMaker files Importing custom functions (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Copying or importing table schemas (FileMaker Pro Advanced) PDF Options dialog box Use this dialog box to set PDF options when saving and sending records as a PDF file. To set the PDF options for a file: 1. In the Document tab: • Enter descriptive information about the file such as the title, subject, author, and keywords. • Select the version of Acrobat for viewing the file.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1280.html>PAGE 1280</a></h6><p>Specify Excel Data dialog box Use the Specify Excel Data dialog box when you’re importing data from a Microsoft Excel file that contains more than one worksheet or includes a named range. • To import data by worksheet, select Display worksheets, select the worksheet you want to import, then click Continue. • To import data by named range, select Display named ranges, select the named range you want to import, then click Continue.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1281.html>PAGE 1281</a></h6><p>Sharing databases on a network File hosting troubleshooting If you are having trouble hosting a file • Make sure your computer is set up for networking. See your network administrator. • Check to make sure that FileMaker Network Sharing is turned on. (See Sharing databases on a network.) Other errors and remedies • If FileMaker Pro is not responding, stop the application and launch it again. If this does not help, restart the computer and try again.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1282.html>PAGE 1282</a></h6><p>• If the client is outside your LAN's firewall, blocking must be removed from port number 5003 by your network administrator. (FileMaker Pro uses TCP port number 5003 to share databases.) • Windows: • Bonjour software is required in order to view hosted databases in the Open Remote File dialog box. Be sure that Bonjour is installed on your system. • Make sure you have only one network adapter installed for the protocol you are using.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1283.html>PAGE 1283</a></h6><p>Symbol Name Definition - Minus Subtracts the second value from the first * Multiply Multiplies each value / Divide Divides the first value by the second ^ Power Of Raises the first value to the power of the second value () Precedence FileMaker Pro evaluates formulas from left to right, performing multiplication and division before addition and subtraction. Using parentheses lets you change the order: FileMaker Pro evaluates expressions between parentheses first.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1284.html>PAGE 1284</a></h6><p>Symbol Definition AND True only if both items are true OR True if either item is true XOR True if either of the expressions (but not both) is true NOT Changes the value from False to True or from True to False Examples Use ApplicationReceived="Y" AND FeePaid>0 if you want something to occur only if you have received both the application AND the fee. Use CurrentBalance≤0 OR CreditApproved="Y" if you want something to occur only if no money is owed, OR credit has been approved, OR both are true.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1285.html>PAGE 1285</a></h6><p>Identifying text constants and special characters in formulas Adding a new line to the results of a formula Adding comments to a formula Using a reserved word or symbol for a field or table name Scripts reference Specify Field dialog box This dialog box appears so that you can choose a field. 1. Select the field you want in the list. To choose a field in another table, choose the table from the tables list above the list of fields. (You can also choose Manage Database to create a relationship or a table.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1286.html>PAGE 1286</a></h6><p>Cut script step Export Field Contents script step Go to Field script step Insert Calculated Result script step Insert Current Date script step Insert Current Time script step Insert Current User Name script step Insert From Index script step Insert From URL script step Insert Text script step Paste script step Relookup Field Contents script step Replace Field Contents script step Set Field script step Set Next Serial Value script step Set Selection script step Specify File dialog box This dialog box appear</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1287.html>PAGE 1287</a></h6><p>Related topics Convert File script step Import Records script step Insert File script step Recover File script step Send Mail script step Specify Output File dialog box This dialog box appears so that you can choose an output file that is needed by one of the following script steps: • Export Field Contents • Export Records • Save Records As Excel • Save Records As PDF • Save Records As Snapshot Link • Save a Copy as As with FileMaker data sources, you can specify multiple file paths separated by carriage r</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1288.html>PAGE 1288</a></h6><p>• Enter Find Mode • Perform Find • Extend Found Set • Constrain Found Set For more information on saving a find request, see Saving a find request. In the Specify Find Requests dialog box: • New opens the Edit Find Request dialog box, where you define criteria for a find request. • Edit opens a selected find request from the list. • Duplicate duplicates one or more selected find requests from the list. • Delete deletes one or more selected find requests from the list.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1289.html>PAGE 1289</a></h6><p>• Variables in a find request can’t include additional variables. FileMaker Pro might not find matching records accurately if variables are nested. • Because the value of a variable might be unknown during the validation of a field’s find request, validation stops when FileMaker Pro detects a variable. For example, when you enter find criteria for a date field in the Edit Find Request dialog box, FileMaker Pro stops validating the request when you enter the $ symbol (indicating a variable).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1290.html>PAGE 1290</a></h6><p>3. For Optional script parameter, type the text you want to use or click Edit and use the Specify Calculation dialog box to build a more complex parameter. 4. Click OK. You can also create, duplicate, edit, or delete a script using this dialog box. To Do this Create a script Click the + button or choose New Default Script from the Action pop-up menu. Duplicate a script Select a script and choose Duplicate from the Action pop-up menu.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1291.html>PAGE 1291</a></h6><p>4. Click OK. Examples Name: $abc Value: fieldName * 10 Repetition: 10 Set Variable [$abc[10]; Value: fieldName * 10] Name: $$abc Value: “xyz” Repetition: 1 Set Variable [$$abc; Value: “xyz”] Name: $CurrentUser Value: Get(UserName) Repetition: 1 Set Variable [$CurrentUser; Value: Get(UserName)] Name: $$TaxRate Value: 1 if the field City contains the value “San Francisco”, 2 if City is “New York”, 3 if City is “Miami”, 0 if it’s none of those values.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1292.html>PAGE 1292</a></h6><p>3. Click Evaluate Now to display the results of an expression, or click Monitor to add the expression to the Data Viewer and close the Edit Expression dialog box. Related topics Using the Data Viewer (FileMaker Pro Advanced) Specify Script Step dialog box This dialog box appears so you can customize a menu item to perform a script step. To customize a menu item to perform a script step: 1. Select a script step from the list. 2. Specify options as necessary. 3. Click OK.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1293.html>PAGE 1293</a></h6><p>• Reference only allows storing a file by reference. • Insert only allows either embedding a file in the field, or storing the file externally in the location specified in the Manage Containers dialog box. It does not allow storing a file by reference. (See About setting up container fields.) 4. For Display, choose how you want supported image files and video and audio files displayed in the field. • Icon with filename displays an icon in the field; the file is stored as an attachment.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1294.html>PAGE 1294</a></h6><p>3. In the Insert File Options dialog box, click New. For Name, type PDF Documents. For Extensions, type .pdf. Click OK. 4. In the Insert File Options dialog box, click New. Click , and choose All Files. Click OK. 5. In the Insert File Options dialog box, for Storage options, choose Insert. Insert is a good choice for multi-user databases, because it ensures that all files will be available for all users. 6. For Display, choose Content of file (when possible).</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1295.html>PAGE 1295</a></h6><p>Select or clear To Close Enable or disable the close button in the window’s title bar Minimize Enable or disable the minimize button in a document window’s title bar Maximize Enable or disable the maximize button in the window’s title bar Zoom Control Area Enable or disable the zoom control and Mode pop-up menu at the left bottom of a document window Resize Allow or prevent the window from being resized Notes • When you hide a button in the title bar, its corresponding menu command is disabled.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1296.html>PAGE 1296</a></h6><p>Script step Supported Restriction with dialog windows Perform Script Yes Will fail, if executed from another open file Quit Application No Select Window Yes Can select only the current dialog window • Any operations that attempt to open a non-dialog window will fail when a dialog window is open (for example, using a script trigger to run a script from another file). OnTimer scripts do not execute when a dialog window is open unless the script launches from the dialog window itself.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1297.html>PAGE 1297</a></h6><p>To Do this Change data labels, show or hide tick marks and set tick mark scale (if applicable), and format data See Formatting and scaling chart axes. Change the color scheme, legend, or fonts in the chart Click Styles in the Chart inspector, then see Changing the look of a chart. Specify the type of data the chart uses (records in the found set, delimited records, or related records) Click Data Source in the Chart inspector, then see Specifying the data source for a chart. 3.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1298.html>PAGE 1298</a></h6><p>To Do this Display sample data if the preview is slow to display Click Use actual data below the preview and choose Use sample data. When you’ve finished editing the chart, restore the Use actual data setting or verify the chart in Browse mode. Tip You can choose View menu > Show > Sample Data in Layout mode to display sample data in the Chart Setup dialog box by default. Pause a preview update To refresh a paused preview Click . Click .</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1299.html>PAGE 1299</a></h6><p>Select To Standard Deviation By Population Calculate population standard deviation. Fraction of Total Calculate the ratio of the value in the field to the total of all the values in that field. For example, find what fraction of total sales can be attributed to each salesperson.</p></li><li><h6><a class="text-decoration-none text-link fw-bold" href=/manual/claris-filemaker/filemaker-pro-13/help-german-english/page-1300.html>PAGE 1300</a></h6><p>To Do this Filter the list of folders and layouts by name In the box in the upper right of the dialog box, type all or part of a folder or layout name. The list filters as you type; typing a layout name displays the folder in the list, and typing a folder name displays the folder and its layouts and subfolders. To show all folders and layouts, clear the box.</p></li></ul></nav></div></section></section></main><footer class=page-footer><div class="container flex-column py-3 py-sm-4"><div class="row mb-1 mb-sm-2 mb-md-5"><a href=/ class="brand offset-sm-0 col-sm-4 col-md-3 col-lg-2 offset-2 col-8 text-center text-md-start"><img class=logo-small src=/assets/img/brand-large.png alt=Manualshelf></a></div><div class=row><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Who We Are</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/about>About Us</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/company>Company</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/careers>Careers</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/terms>Terms & Privacy</a></dd></dl><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Resources</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/brands>List of Manufacturers</a></dd><dd><a href=/ class=text-decoration-none>Support</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/press>For the Press</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/press#assets>Media assets</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/faq>FAQ</a></dd></dl><dl class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-3"><dt class=fw-bold>Get in touch</dt><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=#>Blog</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=#>Email</a></dd><dd><a class=text-decoration-none href=/dmca>DMCA</a></dd></dl></div><div class=row><div class="text-center text-sm-start col-sm-4 pe-sm-0"><a href=https://www.facebook.com/pages/ManualShelf/1488826334681423 class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-facebook-f"></i></a><a href=https://www.twitter.com/ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-twitter"></i></a><a href=https://plus.google.com/+ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none me-2"><i class="fab fa-google-plus-g"></i></a><a href=http://www.pinterest.com/ManualShelf class="fs-5 text-center d-inline-block social rounded-2 align-middle text-decoration-none"><i class="fab fa-pinterest-p"></i></a></div><div class="col col-sm-8 d-flex flex-column align-items-center flex-sm-row flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap justify-content-center justify-content-sm-end"><div class="copy w-auto d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center justify-content-sm-end mt-2 mt-sm-0 me-2">ManualShelf © 2013-2025</div><select class="form-select form-select-sm w-auto mt-2 mt-sm-0"><option value=usa>USA</option></select><div></div></div><div id=pixel><script>
googletag.cmd.push(function() { googletag.display('pixel'); });
</script></div></footer><script src=/assets/js/jquery-3.3.1.min.js></script><script src=/assets/js/bootstrap.bundle.min.js></script><script src=/assets/js/jquery.autocomplete.min.js></script><script type=text/javascript>
$.extend({
redirectPost: function(location, args) {
var form = '';
$.each(args, function(key, value) {
form += '<input type="hidden" name="' + key + '" value="' + value + '">';
});
form = '<form id="s1" action="' + location + '" method="POST">' + form + '</form>';
$(document.body).append(form);
$("#s1").submit();
}
});
$(document).ready(function(){
$("#query").autocomplete({
minChars: 3,
groupBy: 'type',
paramName: 'q',
dataType: 'json',
serviceUrl: '/autocomplete',
noCache: true,
showNoSuggestionNotice: true,
noSuggestionNotice: 'Zarro results found',
onSelect: function (suggestion) {
$.redirectPost(suggestion.data.url, {highlight: encodeURIComponent(JSON.stringify(suggestion.data.hls))});
}
});
var toc = $('.toc-selector');
if (toc.length) {
var slideParams = { duration: 800, easing: 'linear' };
toc.click(function() {
$(this).toggleClass('open');
var section = $('.toc-content');
var isCollapsed = section.attr('data-collapsed') === 'true';
if (isCollapsed) {
section.slideDown(slideParams)
section.attr('data-collapsed', 'false')
} else {
section.slideUp(slideParams);
section.attr('data-collapsed', 'true')
}
});
}
});
var lastSmall = $(window).width() < 576;
$(window).resize(function() {
var newSmall = $(window).width() < 576;
if (lastSmall != newSmall) {
lastSmall = newSmall;
window.location.href = window.location.href;
}
});
</script></body></html>
